a 2568531461 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 1240879631 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2567532066 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 65053 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 34403 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567384578 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 35159 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
5 40975 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
5 39056 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567532076 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2568793618 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 701698564 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 41185 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
9 815469081 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 701567491 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 40972 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 33837 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
5 34402 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568285728 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567515672 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 1428722180 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2568285718 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 41203 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 1087558147 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 40974 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
5 34205 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
a 2567319056 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 65054 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2568531464 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 33158 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
a 2568531481 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 41204 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
5 33157 97 Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.
9 700748339 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34405 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
5 40973 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2568531484 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 65058 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 1401557506 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
a 2567335438 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 780784136 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 1493537386 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 815452708 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 41202 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568793614 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 701682180 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567089672 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567106056 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 878432869 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
5 34202 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
9 780816904 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 701583875 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568531471 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34572 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
a 1352520196 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
9 815469076 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2567908866 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567908867 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2568531474 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
9 701649412 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567524870 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 956846595 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568285708 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34203 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568786436 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 65057 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2567106101 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 34325 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
5 65055 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
a 2567908865 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
5 39055 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 53427 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 65059 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
a 2567328260 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567384577 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
a 2567311876 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 701665796 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34322 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 41205 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
9 780800520 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 1085657602 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
5 33831 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_FOLDER 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
5 39868 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
5 33368 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
4 5962 9d Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through $[officename] - General - Help Agent in the Options dialog box.
13 .uno%3AHelperDialog 9d Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through $[officename] - General - Help Agent in the Options dialog box.
4 5403 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
4 5404 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
a 1343767042 5d Specifies whether to retain the original colors of the JPEG file when importing or exporting.
a 1343772673 8d Sets the quality for the import/export. The value 1 denotes minimum quality and minimal file size, 100 denotes maximum quality and file size.
a 1343766528 43 Defines the settings for the import/export of files in JPEG format.
a 1343767041 46 Specifies whether to export or import a graphic object in a grayscale.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3AMTF_SIZEX 14 Specifies the width.
a 1341980672 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3AMTF_SIZEY 15 Specifies the height.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3AMTF_SIZEX 14 Specifies the width.
a 1341987330 15 Specifies the height.
27 goodies%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
27 goodies%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3ARB_SIZE 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1341981185 1a Retains the original size.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3ARB_SIZE 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1341981186 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3ARB_ORIGINAL 1a Retains the original size.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3ARB_ORIGINAL 1a Retains the original size.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3AMTF_SIZEY 15 Specifies the height.
a 1341987329 14 Specifies the width.
5 27167 52 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colors.
a 1341970945 1a Specifies the image width.
a 1341968385 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
5 27162 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
a 1341964801 1a Retains the original mode.
19 .uno%3AConvertToTrueColor 52 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colors.
5 27165 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
5 27161 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
19 .uno%3AConvertTo4BitGrays 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
1d .uno%3AConvertTo1BitThreshold 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
a 1341967873 53 In the Color Resolution list you will find the following color resolution variants:
a 1341964288 3b Defines the import/export settings for files in BMP format.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo1BitMatrix 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
a 1341970946 1b Specifies the image height.
a 1341965315 35 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics
a 1341964802 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo4BitColors 72 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
19 .uno%3AConvertTo8BitGrays 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
a 1341964803 38 Allows you modify the image size by a given measurement.
5 27163 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 gray scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo8BitColors 73 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
5 27166 73 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
5 27164 72 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colors that match the original colors as closely as possible.
34 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_INTERLACED 42 Specifies whether to use interlaced mode for saving the GIF image.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_TRANSLUCENT b6 Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Eyedropper to set the transparent color in the picture.
a 1494175242 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
a 1494172685 bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
a 1494175751 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
a 1494175749 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
a 1494175241 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
a 1494172684 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
a 1494699548 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
a 1494696976 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494698001 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494696978 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
a 1494696980 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
a 1494699526 3c Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.
a 1494696979 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
a 1494696974 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
a 1494700053 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
a 1494702090 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
a 1494696975 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
a 1494696461 27 Select the separator used in your data.
a 1494696460 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
a 1494695936 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
a 1087308291 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
a 1087307776 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
a 1087308289 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1087308290 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1343849473 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
a 1343854593 be Specifies the compression setting from 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). The calculation time increases with the compression value, while the resulting file is smaller in bytes.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_LEVEL2 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
3c goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COMPRESSION_NONE 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COLOR 1a Exports the file in color.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ACB_PREVIEW_TIFF 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_LEVEL1 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
3b goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COMPRESSION_LZW dd LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm invented by Abraham Lempel, Jacob Ziv, and Terry Welch. If you choose to activate this, select the LZW encoding option.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_GRAYSCALE 24 Exports the file in grayscale tones.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ACB_PREVIEW_EPSI 6c Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPBM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPGM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPPM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPPM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPBM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPGM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
a 1404846603 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
a 1404849669 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
a 1404849667 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
a 1404849671 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
a 1404846602 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
a 1404846601 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
5 33833 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
5 33830 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
5 33835 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
5 33828 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
5 33829 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
5 39869 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
5 53421 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
5 53419 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
5 53413 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
5 53420 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
5 53417 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
5 53422 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
5 53423 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
5 35060 1f Displays the name of the theme.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 38 Vytvorí nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 37 Vytvorí nový tabuľkový zošit ($[officename] Calc).
5 33360 5c Vytvorí nový $[officename] dokument. Typ dokumentu môžete zmeniť kliknutím na šípku.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 51 Ak chcete vytvoriť dokument zo šablóny, vyberte Nový - Šablóny a dokumenty.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1f Vytvorí nový XForms dokument.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 5a Vytvorí novú prezentáciu ($[officename] Impress). Zobrazí sa Sprievodca prezentáciou.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 84 Otvorí dialóg Vizitky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre vizitky a následne vytvoriť nový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
4 5537 26 Vytvorí nový dokument $[officename].
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 2b Vytvorí nový vzorec ($[officename] Math).
b slot%3A5500 4f Vytvorí nový dokument s použitím šablóny alebo otvorí vzorový dokument.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 8f Otvorí dialóg Štítky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre štítky a následne vytvoriť nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1d Vytvorí nový HTML dokument.
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 26 Vytvorí nový dokument $[officename].
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 20 Vytvorí nový hlavný dokument.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 2b Vytvorí novú kresbu ($[officename] Draw).
5 32993 45 Presunie sa do priečinku o jednu úroveň vyššie, ak je dostupný.
5 32995 37 Zobrazí vlastnosti vybranej šablóny alebo dokumentu.
5 32996 42 Povoľuje pozrieť si náhľad vybranej šablóny alebo dokumentu.
a 1342771724 26 Otvorí vybranú šablónu na úpravu.
5 32992 32 Presun späť na predchádzajúce okno v dialógu.
5 32994 2c Vytlačí vybranú šablónu alebo dokument.
a 1342771723 45 Pridá, odstráni alebo usporiada šablóny alebo vzorové dokumenty.
5 32990 a6 Kategórie sa zobrazujú v ľavej časti dialógu  Šablóny a Dokumenty. Po kliknutí na kategóriu sa v časti Nadpis zobrazia súbory spojené s touto kategóriou.
5 32991 da Zoznam všetkých dostupných šablón alebo dokumentov pre vybranú kategóriu. Vyberte šablónu alebo dokument a potom kliknite na Otvoriť. Pre náhľad dokumentu kliknite na tlačidlo Náhľad nad pravou časťou.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 51 Povoľuje vám vytvárať štítky. Štítky sa vytvárajú v textovom dokumente.
5 21051 51 Povoľuje vám vytvárať štítky. Štítky sa vytvárajú v textovom dokumente.
5 54839 23 Creates a new document for editing.
9 909689354 26 Tlačí štítky na jednotlivé listy.
9 909689353 24 Tlačí štítky na spojitý papier.
9 909692434 7b Vyberte pole databázy, ktoré chcete a kliknite na šípku vľavo od tohoto poľa. Takto vložíte pole do Textu štítku.
5 53182 32 Zadajte text štítku a vyberte veľkosť papiera.
9 909692428 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorú chcete použiť.
9 909692423 65 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku obsahujúcu pole (polia), ktorú chcete použiť na vašich štítkoch.
9 909692421 4c Vyberte databázu, ktorú chcete použiť ako zdroj dát pre vaše štítky.
9 909692430 f0 Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktoré chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia od značky vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítkov, vyberte [Požívateľský] a potom kliknite na formát na záložke Formát.
9 909700627 7b Vyberte pole databázy, ktoré chcete a kliknite na šípku vľavo od tohoto poľa. Takto vložíte pole do Textu štítku.
9 909691395 5f Zadajte text, ktorý sa má zobraziť na štítku. Tiež je možné vložiť databázové pole.
9 909689858 5f Vytvorí štítok s vašou spätnou adresou. Text, ktorý je v poli Text štítku sa prepíše.
9 909711883 ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi ľavým okrajom stránky a ľavým okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
9 909711375 4e Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú vedľa seba na stránke.
9 909709843 33 Uloží aktuálny formát štítkov alebo vizitiek.
9 909711875 90 Vzdialenosť medzi ľavými okrajmi susediacich štítkov alebo vizitiek. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
a 1446645763 2b Zadajte alebo vyberte požadovanú značku.
a 1446643717 24 Zadajte alebo vyberte druh štítku.
9 909711377 4c Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú na stránke pod sebou.
9 909711885 ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom stránky a horným okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
9 909711879 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
9 909711877 b3 Vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky a horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky pod ním. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
5 53185 19 Nastaví formát papiera.
9 909711881 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
a 1983500820 6d Skopíruje obsah ľavého horného štítku alebo vizitky do ostatných štítkov alebo vizitiek na stránke.
9 909726216 26 Otvorí dialóg Nastavenie tlačiarne.
9 909722113 31 Vytvorí celú stránku štítkov alebo vizitiek.
5 53183 69 Ďalšie možnosti nastavení štítkov alebo vizitiek, napr. synchronizácia textu a voľby tlačiarne .
9 909722114 33 Vytlačí jeden štítok alebo vizitku na stránku.
9 909722635 a1 Umožňuje vám upraviť jeden štítok alebo vizitku a po kliknutí na tlačidlo Synchronizovať obsahy aktualizovať obsah všetkých štítkov alebo vizitiek.
9 909727749 58 Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke v jednom riadku.
9 909727751 50 Zadajte počet riadkov štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke.
5 21052 2d Umožní vám navrhnúť a vytvoriť vizitky.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2d Umožní vám navrhnúť a vytvoriť vizitky.
5 54924 ec Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktorý chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia na značke vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítku, vyberte [Používateľský], a potom určte formát na záložke Formát.
5 54921 26 Vytlačí vizitky na súvislý papier.
5 54923 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorý chcete použiť.
5 54922 27 Vytlačí vizitky na jednotlivé listy.
5 54918 6e Vyberte kategóriu vizitiek v poli Automatický text - sekcia a potom kliknite na rozloženie v zozname Obsah.
9 879185413 4c Vyberte kategóriu vizitiek a potom kliknite na rozloženie v zozname Obsah.
9 879216687 2a Zadajte svoje mobilné telefónne číslo.
9 879216707 44 Zadajte priezvisko osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
9 879216708 43 Zadajte iniciály osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
9 879216683 16 Zadajte svoju funkciu.
9 879216693 22 Zadajte krajinu, v ktorej žijete.
9 879216691 36 Zadajte adresu svojej internetovej domovskej stránky.
9 879216686 29 Zadajte svoje domáce telefónne číslo.
9 879216706 46 Zadajte krstné meno osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
9 879233071 2d Vložte číslo vášho mobilného telefónu.
9 879233081 33 Vložte ďalšie informácie o vašej spoločnosti.
9 879233083 22 Vložte motto vašej spoločnosti.
9 879233077 41 Vložte názov krajiny, v ktorej sa vaša spoločnosť nachádza.
9 879233075 26 Vložte domovskú adresu vašej firmy.
9 879233070 2f Vložte číslo vášho služobného telefónu.
5 33017 5e Pokiaľ vybraný súbor existuje vo viacerých verziách, vyberte tú, ktorú chcete otvoriť.
5 33290 45 Vloží vybraný súbor na aktuálnu pozíciu v súčasnom dokumente.
a 1342050821 3d Kliknutím na Zrušiť zrušíte zmazanie vybraného súboru.
5 33016 23 Otvorí v režime iba na čítanie.
b .uno%3AOpen 1f Otvorí alebo importuje súbor.
4 5501 1f Otvorí alebo importuje súbor.
5 33095 34 Zobrazí súbory a adresáre v aktuálnom adresári.
a 1342017059 7d Vyberte typ súboru, ktorý chcete otvoriť, alebo zvoľte Všetky súbory (*) na zobrazenie všetkých súborov v adresári.
5 32999 5b Ak chcete odstrániť súbor, kliknite naň pravým tlačidlom myši a zvoľte Odstrániť.
5 33294 81 Zadajte názov súboru alebo cestu k súboru. Tiež môžete zadať URL, ktoré začína názvom protokolu ftp, http alebo https.
a 1342025742 78 Presunie sa v hierarchii adresárov o jednu úroveň vyššie. Dlhým kliknutím sa presuniete do vyšších adresárov.
5 32998 1f Otvorí alebo importuje súbor.
a 1342025743 38 Zobrazí súbory vo východzom adresári používateľa.
a 1342050820 38 Kliknutím zmažete súbor vybraného názvu v dialógu.
a 1342050822 2d Kliknutím zmažete všetky vybrané súbory.
5 33286 81 Zadajte názov súboru alebo cestu k súboru. Tiež môžete zadať URL, ktoré začína názvom protokolu ftp, http alebo https.
a 1342025227 19 Vytvoriť nový adresár.
5 33000 5b Ak chcete premenovať súbor, kliknite naň pravým tlačidlom myši a zvoľte Premenovať.
5 33291 18 Zvolí označenú cestu.
5 33292 27 Zadajte cestu alebo vyberte zo zoznamu.
a 1311477279 3b Vyberte vstupný filter pre súbor, ktorý chcete otvoriť.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 34 Zatvorí aktuálny dokument bez ukončenia programu.
4 5503 34 Zatvorí aktuálny dokument bez ukončenia programu.
4 5505 1b Uloží aktuálny dokument.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Uloží aktuálny dokument.
5 33011 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
5 33009 f Saves the file.
5 33004 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
5 33003 18 Creates a new directory.
5 33013 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
4 5502 56 Uloží aktuálny dokument na iné miesto, s iným názvom alebo ako iný typ súboru.
5 33002 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
5 33005 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 56 Uloží aktuálny dokument na iné miesto, s iným názvom alebo ako iný typ súboru.
5 33007 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
5 33012 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
5 33008 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
5 33014 56 Uloží aktuálny dokument na iné miesto, s iným názvom alebo ako iný typ súboru.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
4 5829 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
4 5535 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
9 541181964 5f Zadajte predmet dokumentu. Pomocou predmetu je možné zoskupiť dokumenty s podobným obsahom.
9 541181962 19 Zadajte nadpis dokumentu.
9 541181966 ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
9 541182488 3b Zadajte poznámku, ktorá pomôže identifikovať dokument.
5 33076 29 Obsahuje informácie s popisom dokumentu.
9 541200958 a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
9 541197361 92 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
9 541198387 19 Zobrazuje názov súboru.
5 33077 2a Obsahuje základné informácie o súbore.
9 541364830 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
9 541214740 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 33393 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214742 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214736 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 33078 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
9 541214738 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 53173 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
9 957628416 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
9 541344321 5c Loads a page that you specify after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box.
9 541344319 24 User must refresh the page manually.
9 541347913 6f If the current HTML page uses frames, select the name of the target frame where you want the file to be loaded.
9 541348426 46 Nájdite súbor, ktorý chcete otvoriť, a potom kliknite na Otvoriť.
9 541349955 40 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the page is reloaded.
5 33092 37 Sets the refresh and redirect options for an HTML page.
9 541345836 33 Zadajte URL adresu súboru, ktorý chcete otvoriť.
9 541344320 87 Reloads the HTML page after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box. To observe the result, open the page in a browser.
9 541349958 57 Enter the number of seconds to wait before redirecting the browser to a different file.
5 33396 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 33399 16 Re-enter the password.
5 33397 16 Re-enter the password.
5 33401 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
5 33398 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 33400 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
5 33402 d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
5 33173 47 Prints the name and properties of the styles that are used in the file.
5 33361 71 Uses the selected template as the default template when you create a new $[officename] document of the same type.
10 .uno%3AOrganizer 63 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize templates and define default templates.
5 33175 22 Updates the contents of the lists.
5 33362 5c Select a $[officename] document type to reset the default template to the original template.
5 33104 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107423337 48 Contains commands for managing and editing your templates and documents.
5 33171 96 Imports an additional template. To import a template, select a template folder in the list, click the Command button, and then select Import template.
5 33168 20 Creates a new template category.
a 1107414530 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
5 33172 1e Exports the selected template.
5 33174 3f Changes the printer and its settings for the selected document.
5 33169 1e Deletes the current selection.
4 5540 63 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize templates and define default templates.
a 1107415556 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
a 1107414539 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
5 33170 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
5 33103 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107415555 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
4 6655 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
a 1343819779 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
a 1343820292 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
a 1343819782 2c Select the data table for your address book.
5 32997 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
a 1107398148 28 Lists the available template categories.
a 1107396615 1e Enter a name for the template.
a 1107398146 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
4 5538 29 Saves the current document as a template.
a 1107399188 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
a 1107399180 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
4 5594 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
a 1104003592 38 For handouts, enable to print in a vertical order first.
a 1104003591 3a For handouts, enable to print in a horizontal order first.
32 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3AProperties 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
20 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOK 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1346159629 76 Prints to a file instead of to a printer. When this option is enabled, the Print button is renamed to Print to file...
a 1346159127 84 Enables the selected cells to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
2e .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACopies 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
a 1346159126 85 Enables the selected sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
4 5504 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
33 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3APrinterList f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 38 Prints only the pages that you specify in the Pages box.
5 32868 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
2f .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1346159135 1b Prints the entire document.
2e .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 1b Prints the entire document.
a 1104006659 45 Select whether you want to print Slides, Handouts, Notes, or Outline.
a 1104006661 45 For handouts, select the number of slides to print per page of paper.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
a 1346162178 f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
a 1346159125 7c Enables all sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialog, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
a 1346160673 c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
a 1346142208 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
a 1346146819 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
4 5302 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
a 1346145794 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
13 .uno%3APrinterSetup 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
4 5331 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
5 54929 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 20004 b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
5 33006 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 54930 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 54932 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
4 5300 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
4 5309 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
a 1112705550 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
a 1112686592 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
4 6583 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112687619 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
a 1112691205 1d Deletes the selected version.
a 1112691202 a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
a 1112691217 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
a 1112691213 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112691206 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
4 6697 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
4 5701 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33874 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
4 5700 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33870 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
4 5702 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
4 5710 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
4 5711 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
5 59001 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
4 5712 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
5 35201 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
a 1493434911 0 
a 1493435412 0 
a 1493435417 0 
a 1493434919 0 
15 .uno%3AInsertContents 0 
5 26265 0 
a 1493434907 0 
a 1493435427 0 
a 1493434910 0 
a 1493435425 0 
a 1493435415 0 
a 1493435418 0 
a 1598049799 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
a 1493435413 0 
15 .uno%3APasteClipboard 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493434908 0 
a 1493434909 0 
a 1493435433 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493435414 0 
a 1493434917 0 
a 1493435426 0 
a 1493435416 0 
a 1493434918 0 
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
4 5723 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
4 5720 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
a 2311664159 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
a 2311652377 30 Rozlišuje medzi veľkými a malými písmenami.
5 10291 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311652400 ac Je možné určiť, či sa v japonskom texte hľadá podobná notácia. Zaškrtnite toto políčko a potom kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre určenie možností vyhľadávania.
a 2311651897 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
a 2311655956 5a Nájde a označí v dokumente nasledujúci výskyt textu alebo formátu, ktorý hľadáte.
a 2311654967 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
a 2311651898 1f Hľadá zhora dole cez stĺpce.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
a 2311655988 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
a 2311655960 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
a 2311655959 60 Nahradí označený text alebo formát, ktorý ste vyhľadali, a potom hľadá ďalší výskyt.
a 2311652411 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
a 2311654924 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
a 2311652378 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
a 2311652399 45 Rozlišuje medzi formami znaku v polovičnej šírke a plnej šírke.
a 1368769544 45 Rozlišuje medzi formami znaku v polovičnej šírke a plnej šírke.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
17 .uno%3ASearchProperties 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311655985 3c Nastavuje možnosti pre podobnú notáciu v japonskom texte.
4 5961 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311654929 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
a 2311652393 27 Vyhľadá iba vybraný text alebo bunky
a 2311652398 cd Vyhľadá text formátovaný štýlom, ktorý špecifikujete. Označte zaškrtávacie políčko a vyberte štýl zo zoznamu Hľadať. K špecifikácii štýlu nahradenia vyberte štýl zo zoznamu Nahradiť
a 1368773123 3c Nastavuje možnosti pre podobnú notáciu v japonskom texte.
a 1368769545 ac Je možné určiť, či sa v japonskom texte hľadá podobná notácia. Zaškrtnite toto políčko a potom kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre určenie možností vyhľadávania.
a 2311652394 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
a 2311655435 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311655440 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
a 2311652395 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
a 1237964817 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
a 1237964821 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
a 2311655981 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
a 1237964819 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
a 2311652396 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 1237959695 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
5 35069 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
5 35070 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 2311655986 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
5 35102 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
5 35104 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
a 2311655987 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
5 53013 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
5 53012 b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
5 53031 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
5 53020 b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
5 53033 14 Updates all indexes.
5 53035 15 Updates all contents.
5 53029 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
5 53034 12 Updates all links.
5 53015 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
5 53024 b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
5 53017 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
5 53030 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
5 53032 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
5 53014 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53075 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
5 53023 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53022 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
5 53025 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
5 53016 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
5 53026 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 26060 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
a 1598067235 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 20109 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 35202 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
a 1598063146 d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
a 1598067238 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
a 1598067237 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
a 1598063147 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
5 27005 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
4 6314 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
4 5575 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
5 27282 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
a 1598216202 e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
a 1598214663 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
a 1598212102 a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
a 1598210573 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598210580 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
a 1598212100 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
a 1598210574 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598211094 1c Applies the default spacing.
a 1598210578 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
a 1598216200 dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
a 1598210575 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
5 33871 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33866 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
5 33857 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
5 33856 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
5 33859 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33858 b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33862 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33869 b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
a 2318700545 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
15 .uno%3AImageMapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33865 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
5 33864 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
5 10371 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33868 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
a 2318698497 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
5 33872 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
5 33867 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
5 33861 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
5 33860 0 
5 33863 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
2a SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_NAME 1b Enter a name for the image.
29 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URL 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
34 SVX_MULTILINEEDIT_RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL_EDT_DESCRIPTION 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
31 SVX%3ACOMBOBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3ACBB_TARGETS a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
26 SVX%3AMODALDIALOG%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
34 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URLDESCRIPTION 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
5 21825 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
5 26238 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 26084 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 58946 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 26239 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 21826 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 35145 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26259 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 21827 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26258 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
1b .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 21829 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 33934 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 53056 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 21837 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 33933 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 58987 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
5 33935 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 58989 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
5 53053 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
5 33931 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 53050 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
5 53052 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
5 53051 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
5 21838 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 33932 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 58988 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
5 58990 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 33930 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
5 33927 b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
5 58986 23 Lists the user who made the change.
5 58985 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
5 33915 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33909 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33918 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 33919 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 33913 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 33920 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33911 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33914 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33921 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
a 2568973840 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33908 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
a 2569006604 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33912 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33917 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 33924 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33916 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33922 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33925 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33910 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
4 6587 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
4 6586 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
5 65100 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
5 65117 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
5 65097 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65119 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65095 a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
5 65096 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65090 bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
5 65108 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
5 65098 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65113 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65105 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 1b Deletes the current record.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 47 To display all of the records in a table, click the Remove Filter icon.
5 65103 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65106 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65110 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37793 24 Go to the first record in the table.
5 65101 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65107 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37795 23 Go to the next record in the table.
5 65099 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 10610 1c Deletes the selected record.
5 37796 23 Go to the last record in the table.
5 65102 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65125 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
5 65094 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
5 37794 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
5 65109 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65118 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65112 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65116 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65104 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c .uno%3ABibliographyComponent 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
5 37798 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
5 65114 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37797 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
5 10880 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
5 65111 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65115 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 10000 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 33888 33 Displays the document at two times its actual size.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 33892 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
a 1237582353 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
2a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_SINGLE 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
27 SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_USER 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 33890 30 Displays the document at 75% of its actual size.
2a SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_COLUMNS 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
5 33886 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
5 30264 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
2b SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_COLUMNS 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
5 33893 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
25 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_CHK_BOOK 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
28 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_USER 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
a 1237582354 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
a 1237582352 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
5 33889 31 Displays the document at half of its actual size.
5 33887 3e Displays the document at one and a half times its actual size.
2d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_AUTOMATIC 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
a 1237582355 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
a 1237582351 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
a 1237588500 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 33891 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 99 Zobrazí alebo skryje stavové okno externého programu - editora vstupnej metódy (IME - Input Method Engine), ktorý sa používa pre vkladanie znakov.
4 6680 99 Zobrazí alebo skryje stavové okno externého programu - editora vstupnej metódy (IME - Input Method Engine), ktorý sa používa pre vkladanie znakov.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
4 5920 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
4 5931 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
5 33150 7d In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys CommandCtrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
4 5627 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
5 10417 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
5 33775 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
4 6698 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
5 11101 12 Inserts a comment.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 12 Inserts a comment.
5 11100 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
5 22501 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
5 11097 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 22502 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 22500 1b Delete the current comment.
5 11094 1b Delete the current comment.
5 26478 1b Delete the current comment.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
5 10330 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
5 10331 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
5 10332 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
5 10503 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a 1237749279 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
a 1237750292 4b Clears the current selection of special characters that you want to insert.
5 35033 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a 1237749260 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
16 .uno%3AInsertHyperlink 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 10360 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 33345 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33970 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
15 HID_IMPGRF_CB_PREVIEW 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33344 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
5 10241 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
5 33018 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 62 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Movie and Sound instead.
4 5561 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
4 5672 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
4 5676 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
4 5677 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
5 26063 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
5 27106 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
4 5563 c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
4 6660 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
5 26335 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 10456 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26296 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 20469 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26067 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
5 10296 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
9 704631208 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630898 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704630400 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704630380 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636532 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704631210 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704630888 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704636522 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630702 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704630886 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630390 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636844 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630906 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630896 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
5 35180 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
9 704630908 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704636542 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704646900 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
5 35181 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
9 704646886 25 Select the color for the underlining.
9 704646898 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
c .uno%3AColor d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704646858 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
9 704646878 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
9 704646882 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
9 704644817 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
5 10537 d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704646884 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
9 704644327 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
9 704630414 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
9 704646861 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
9 704644816 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
9 704646880 24 Select the color for the overlining.
5 10017 d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

10 .uno%3AFontColor d0 Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.

9 704646863 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
9 701384718 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
5 35140 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701384732 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
9 701388822 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
5 35142 23 Deletes the selected number format.
9 701388824 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
9 701386273 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701383705 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
9 701383706 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
9 701386253 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
5 35103 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
5 35141 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
5 20445 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701386249 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
5 35098 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
9 701383714 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
9 878364724 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878367292 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
9 878366264 bf Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 878366781 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
5 20314 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878364738 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
5 53190 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878366266 c1 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 878364736 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
9 878367291 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
9 704666428 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
9 704660804 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
9 704666420 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
9 704666417 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
9 704663361 b2 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. For expanded or condensed spacing, enter the amount that you want to expand or condense the text in the by box.
9 704660786 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
9 704660271 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
9 704660270 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
9 704660269 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
9 704666435 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
5 10294 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
5 35182 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
5 10295 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
9 704677265 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
9 704679838 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704679836 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704726530 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
9 704726535 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
9 704726532 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
4 5550 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
5 10297 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
9 700815883 172 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. V jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený zľava, s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany. V jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený sprava s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany.
9 700815887 176 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený sprava, s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený zľava s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany.
5 35148 40 Nastavuje možnosti odsadenia odseku a rozostupov medzi odsekmi.
9 700815893 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať nad vybraným odsekom (alebo nad viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
9 700815914 45 Nastavte hodnotu, ktorá bude použitá pre vybraný typ riadkovania.
9 700815895 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať pod vybraným odsekom (alebo pod viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
9 700812840 2d Určuje vzdialenosť medzi riadkami v odseku.
9 700815885 159 Odsadí prvý riadok odseku o vzdialenosť, ktorú zadáte. Ak chcete vytvoriť vyčnievajúci prvý riadok, zadajte kladné číslo do poľa "Pred text" a záporné číslo do poľa "Prvý riadok". Ak chcete odsadiť prvý riadok odseku, ktorý používa odrážky alebo číslovanie, zvoľte "Formát - Odrážky a číslovanie - Umiestnenie".
9 700815915 45 Nastavte hodnotu, ktorá bude použitá pre vybraný typ riadkovania.
9 700810288 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať nad vybraným odsekom (alebo nad viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
9 700753418 fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
9 700744212 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
9 700744233 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
9 700745773 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700745756 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
9 700744236 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700748338 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
9 700744218 63 Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
9 700744234 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
9 700744214 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
5 35175 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
9 700744232 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
9 700744235 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700748340 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
9 700744216 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
9 700799522 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
5 35129 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
9 700796437 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
9 700799546 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
9 700799544 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
5 35130 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
9 700796438 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
5 35131 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
9 700799542 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
9 700799540 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
9 700796452 1e Select a color for the shadow.
9 700793915 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
5 33897 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
9 700727835 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
5 35126 24 Set the background color or graphic.
5 35127 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
9 700727834 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
9 700731924 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
9 700733988 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700730914 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700728342 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
5 35128 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
9 700728343 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
9 700727833 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
9 700730912 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700730881 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
9 703775264 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
9 703775795 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775263 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
9 878218796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703778354 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 877874749 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703778396 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775262 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
9 703775265 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
5 35161 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
9 704616980 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
9 704610839 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
9 704616975 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
9 704616981 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 704616978 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 704614934 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
9 704616974 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704616979 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704616977 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 704610840 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
9 704616976 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 541246476 b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
9 541249030 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
9 541248011 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
9 541249028 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
5 33074 27 Set the options for the selected style.
9 541249032 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
9 541247490 a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
9 701124146 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
9 701124126 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
9 701121607 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
9 701124116 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
9 701127183 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
9 701121608 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
9 701124158 dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
9 701127222 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
9 701121075 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
5 35143 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
9 701124154 ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
9 701127179 e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
9 701127185 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
9 701124132 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
9 701121076 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
9 701127181 e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
9 701121596 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
9 701127224 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
9 701121606 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
9 701154326 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
9 701159948 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
9 701154314 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
9 701159950 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
5 58908 18 Add or edit header text.
9 701154324 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
5 33824 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701157928 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
9 701159953 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
9 701154319 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
9 701159955 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
9 701143566 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
5 33823 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701137940 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
9 701137935 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
9 701137942 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
9 701143564 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
9 701137930 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
9 701143571 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
5 58909 18 Add or edit footer text.
9 701143569 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
9 701141544 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
5 10917 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
5 10915 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
5 10914 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
5 10912 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
5 10913 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
5 10916 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
a 2315372561 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372560 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315372558 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372554 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
4 6656 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315374103 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
a 2315374105 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
a 2315372556 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315374083 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315372557 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315372559 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315375108 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315372555 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 10131 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 20475 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 26371 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 10132 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
5 20477 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
5 10133 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20476 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20478 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
5 10134 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
5 20480 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
5 10135 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 10136 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 20479 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 10028 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
5 10029 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
5 10030 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
5 10031 cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
5 20506 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
5 20505 62 Rozdelenie bunky alebo skupiny buniek vodorovne alebo zvisle do počtu buniek, ktorý ste určili.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 62 Rozdelenie bunky alebo skupiny buniek vodorovne alebo zvisle do počtu buniek, ktorý ste určili.
5 20585 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
5 20586 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
5 20587 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
5 10009 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
5 10008 a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
5 26648 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
5 10014 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
5 10013 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
5 10010 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 53 Upravenie výšky vybraných riadkov podľa výšky najvyššieho riadku z výberu.
5 20583 53 Upravenie výšky vybraných riadkov podľa výšky najvyššieho riadku z výberu.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
5 10034 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
5 10035 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
5 10036 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
5 20582 55 Upravenie šírky vybraných stĺpcov podľa šírky najširšieho stĺpca z výberu.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 55 Upravenie šírky vybraných stĺpcov podľa šírky najširšieho stĺpca z výberu.
a 1111805953 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
4 5555 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
a 1425344513 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
5 59896 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
5 27027 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 53076 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
10 .uno%3ANameGroup 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 21614 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
a 1238632450 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
5 26088 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
a 1238681603 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
a 1238682116 e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
5 21615 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 27033 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 26094 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 10143 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
9 701548037 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
5 10171 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701548036 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
9 701547521 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701550082 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701550083 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
5 10172 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701553157 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
9 701558810 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
9 701553154 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
9 701550084 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
9 701550081 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701553175 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
5 35172 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
5 10169 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701553153 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701547544 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
9 701553155 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
9 701553174 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701569025 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701569540 1d Enter the length of the dash.
9 701574661 1e Imports a list of line styles.
9 701567489 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
a 1238599681 d Enter a name.
9 701563905 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
9 701574662 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
9 701566467 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701567490 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
9 701569537 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
5 35173 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
9 701569539 1d Enter the length of the dash.
9 701569026 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701566465 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701566466 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
9 701591045 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
9 701583874 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
5 35171 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
9 701581313 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
9 701583873 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
9 701591046 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
9 701582849 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
5 10142 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
9 701628935 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
5 10164 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
9 701628934 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
9 701629956 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
9 701635075 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
9 701635077 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
9 701632002 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701632022 57 Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
9 701632003 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701629953 fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
5 35165 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
9 701635074 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
9 701635076 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
9 701629958 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
9 701632001 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701634561 4a Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
9 701629955 5d Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.
9 701629957 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
9 701635073 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
9 701632004 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701629461 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
9 701689350 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
9 701684225 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
9 701684227 c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701681154 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
9 701682177 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
9 701684226 cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701684230 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
9 701684229 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
9 701689349 23 Load a different list of gradients.
9 701681155 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
5 35170 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
9 701682179 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
9 701681156 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
9 701681153 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
9 701684228 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
9 701651459 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
5 35101 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
9 701648385 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
9 701648388 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
9 701649411 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
9 701656581 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
9 701649409 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
9 701648387 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
5 35167 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
9 701656582 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
9 701651457 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
9 701664769 54 Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
5 35168 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
9 701665793 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
9 701665795 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
9 701664771 32 Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.
9 701665794 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
9 701672966 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
9 701672965 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
9 701664772 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
5 35169 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
9 701716993 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
5 35166 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
5 10299 c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701713930 1e Select a color for the shadow.
9 701717003 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
9 701711874 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701602310 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
9 701602311 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
9 701602313 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701602309 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
9 701596168 1d Turns off color transparency.
9 701596169 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701602308 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
9 701596170 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
9 701602314 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
9 701602312 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701599235 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
5 27281 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
5 35176 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219201 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703224323 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
9 703219207 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
9 703224321 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219203 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
9 703219206 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
5 35177 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
9 703224322 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
9 703219205 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
9 703219202 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703219204 41 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing or text object.
9 703224324 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
5 10087 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
9 702142993 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
5 35097 f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
9 702142984 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702142983 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702139944 0 
9 702139939 0 
9 702137366 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
9 702142994 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
9 702137902 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
9 702137901 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
9 702137869 39 Resizes the text to fit the width of the selected object.
5 35093 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
9 702137868 3a Resizes the text to fit the height of the selected object.
9 701504008 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
9 701504007 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
5 35095 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
5 35096 1c Rotates the selected object.
9 701504019 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
5 35094 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
5 35100 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
9 701520413 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
9 701520403 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
9 703175171 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
9 703175169 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
9 703169537 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
9 703172099 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
9 703172097 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703172098 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
5 35137 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703175170 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 26065 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 27034 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
5 27035 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
5 26066 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
5 27022 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
5 10286 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 20522 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 27031 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 20523 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 27032 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 10287 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
5 10283 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
5 10282 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
5 20350 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
5 26410 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
5 20351 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
5 26411 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
5 20366 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
5 20384 c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
5 10126 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
a 3386595842 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
5 33810 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
5 33815 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
5 10256 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
a 3386595841 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
5 33817 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
5 33808 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
5 33809 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
5 33814 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
5 33812 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
5 33807 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
5 33818 1c Removes baseline formatting.
5 33819 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
5 33813 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
a 3386592769 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
5 33811 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
a 3386595843 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
5 33821 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
5 33816 a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
5 33820 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
a 3386595844 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
5 33822 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
5 10454 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
5 10455 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
5 27096 a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
5 27097 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
9 703727106 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
9 703727105 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
9 703727107 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
9 703732225 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
9 703731713 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
9 703732226 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
9 703737345 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
9 703737346 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
9 703727109 c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
9 703737347 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
9 703725568 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
9 703729153 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
9 703727108 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
9 703737348 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
a 1388446722 c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
a 1494942721 c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
a 1494948353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
5 26281 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
10 .uno%3ARowHeight 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
a 1388452353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
5 38832 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
12 .uno%3AColumnWidth 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1388468737 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
5 26285 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1494915585 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
5 38830 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1494909953 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
a 1388463106 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
9 702192142 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
9 702187053 aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
5 35106 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
9 702189068 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
9 702189072 51 Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
9 702191640 a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
9 702187050 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
9 702187029 17 Aligns text vertically.
9 702187049 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
9 702187035 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
5 35105 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
5 35118 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
5 37793 24 Go to the first record in the table.
5 37795 23 Go to the next record in the table.
5 38786 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
5 37796 23 Go to the last record in the table.
5 37794 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
5 37799 b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
5 37798 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
5 37797 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
5 38831 1c Formats the selected row(s).
5 38829 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
5 10644 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
a 3388501542 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
a 3388501544 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
a 3388495897 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388496416 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
a 3388496418 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388496414 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
a 3388501543 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
a 3388501548 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
a 3388501545 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
a 3388496420 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
a 3388501546 19 Inverts the light source.
a 3388501506 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
a 3388495899 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
a 3388501551 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
a 3388496436 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
a 3388496433 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
a 3388501507 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
a 3388496438 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
a 3388493358 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
a 3388501570 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501508 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
a 3388501580 24 Vyberte farbu okolitého osvetlenia.
a 3388501566 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501569 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388493380 2c Select a color for the current light source.
a 3388493390 24 Vyberte farbu okolitého osvetlenia.
a 3388501564 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501565 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501567 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501571 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501568 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501607 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501603 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501596 1e Converts the texture to color.
a 3388501598 24 Applies the texture without shading.
a 3388501602 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
a 3388501509 135 Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface textures to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command), and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
a 3388501604 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501608 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501610 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
a 3388501606 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
a 3388501599 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
a 3388501595 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
a 3388501618 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
a 3388493425 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
a 3388493431 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388493437 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
a 3388501624 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
a 3388501621 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388493428 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
a 3388496506 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
a 3388501510 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
9 704578052 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578051 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578059 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578057 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
4 5683 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578058 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578056 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
9 704578060 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578053 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578054 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578050 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
a 2311852590 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
5 35031 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
5 35028 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
5 35029 63 Skips all occurrences of the unknown word in the entire document and continues with the spellcheck.
a 2311852588 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
a 2311851556 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
a 2311851552 80 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Change or Change All.
a 2311860263 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
a 2311852586 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
5 35030 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
a 2311850530 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
5 35076 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
a 2311849014 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
5 11016 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 HID_CT_THES_ALTERNATIVES c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
5 10245 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
2f svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ACB_WORD b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
2b svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AED_REPL af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
35 svx%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AMB_LANGUAGE 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
16 .uno%3AThesaurusDialog 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
5 20603 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ABTN_LEFT 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
a 3391953410 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391947779 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391947777 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391950337 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391950341 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
5 10350 5b Opens the eyedropper dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
a 3391953412 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5b Opens the eyedropper dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
a 3391947780 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
5 33774 8d Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
5 33773 ab Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the eyedropper, and then click a color in the selected image.
a 3391947778 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391953409 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391947781 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
a 3391953411 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
a 3391951361 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
a 3391950339 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
a 3391950338 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
5 33772 a1 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the eyedropper tool is selected.
a 3391950340 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
5 10424 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
5 35120 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
5 35109 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
9 815567421 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
5 35119 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
5 35111 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
9 815450144 eb Zadajte text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt, ktorými chcete nahradiť text v poli Nahradiť. Ak ste označili text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt vo vašom dokumente, všetky potrebné informácie sú už v tomto poli zadané.
5 35122 1b1 Zobrazuje zoznam pre automatické náhrady slov, znakov alebo skratiek. Pre pridanie novej položky vložte nahrádzaný text do poľa Nahradiť, text náhrady do poľa S: a kliknite na tlačidlo Nový. Pre úpravu existujúcej náhrady označte položku v zozname, zmeňte text v poli S: a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Nahradiť. Pre odstránenie existujúcej náhrady označte položku v zozname a kliknite na tlačidlo Zmazať.
9 815450143 82 Vložte slovo, skratku alebo znaky, ktoré chcete automaticky nahrádzať počas písania alebo hromadne v už existujúcom texte.
9 815449122 10c Ak je toto pole zakliknuté, po kliknutí na tlačidlo Nový sa položka v poli S: uloží bez formátovania, grafiky a objektov. Pri použití takejto automatickej náhrady sa použije predvolené formátovanie (znakový štýl), aké bude používať text dokumentu.
9 815452707 32 Pridá alebo nahradí položku v tabuľke náhrad.
5 35121 68 Umožňuje upraviť tabuľku náhrad pre automatické opravy alebo náhrady slov, znakov alebo skratiek.
5 35110 79 Vyberte jazyk, pre ktorý chcete vytvoriť alebo upraviť položky v tabuľke náhrad a výnimky pre automatické opravy.
9 815469075 38 Pridá zadanú skratku alebo slovo do zoznamu výnimiek.
9 815466518 130 Napíšte slovo alebo skratku začínajúcu dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorej $[officename] nemá automaticky zmeniť druhé veľké písmeno na malé v prípade zapnutej funkcie "Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená". Zadajte napríklad text "PC", aby $[officename] automaticky nezmenil "PC" na "Pc".
9 815465516 177 Automaticky pridáva skratky zakončené bodkou alebo slová s dvoma začiatočnými veľkými písmenami do príslušného zoznamu výnimiek. Táto funkcia pracuje len v prípade, ak je zakliknutá možnosť Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená alebo možnosť Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým v stĺpci [T] na záložke Možnosti dialógového okna Automatické opravy.
9 815468050 6e Táto tabuľka obsahuje zoznam skratiek, po ktorých nebudú automaticky opravené malé písmená na veľké.
5 35123 5d Určuje, ktoré skratky alebo kombinácie znakov nebude $[officename] automaticky opravovať.
9 815469080 38 Pridá zadanú skratku alebo slovo do zoznamu výnimiek.
9 815468055 9f Toto okno obsahuje zoznam slov a skratiek začínajúcich dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorých nebude automaticky opravené druhé veľké písmeno na malé.
9 815465515 177 Automaticky pridáva skratky zakončené bodkou alebo slová s dvoma začiatočnými veľkými písmenami do príslušného zoznamu výnimiek. Táto funkcia pracuje len v prípade, ak je zakliknutá možnosť Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená alebo možnosť Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým v stĺpci [T] na záložke Možnosti dialógového okna Automatické opravy.
9 815466513 11a Napíšte skratku zakončenú bodkou a kliknite na tlačidlo Nový. Táto funkcia zabezpečuje, že $[officename] nebude pri zapnutej funkcii "Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým" automaticky meniť prvé písmeno slova nasledujúceho po bodke na konci skratky na veľké písmeno.
9 815551026 31 Nastaví znaky úvodzoviek na východzie symboly.
9 815551022 d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky ľavých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď vyberiete Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
9 815547449 68 Automaticky nahrádza predvolený systémový symbol pre jednoduché úvodzovky znakom, ktorý určíte.
9 815551024 d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky pravých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď spustíte Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
9 815550991 d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky pravých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď spustíte Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
9 815550989 d3 Vyberte špeciálny znak, ktorý automaticky nahradí aktuálne systémové znaky ľavých úvodzoviek počas ich písania, alebo v celom vašom dokumente keď vyberiete Formát - Automatické opravy - Použiť.
9 815551025 31 Nastaví znaky úvodzoviek na východzie symboly.
5 35207 db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
9 815547403 68 Automaticky nahrádza predvolený systémový symbol pre jednoduché úvodzovky znakom, ktorý určíte.
5 35973 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
5 53431 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 53434 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
5 53433 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 53438 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
5 53432 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
5 53430 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
5 35972 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 35971 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 53437 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
5 35970 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
9 815711357 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
9 815713412 ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
9 815711354 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
9 815711356 f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
9 815716481 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
9 815714949 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
9 815711355 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
9 815711353 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
9 815716480 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
9 815713923 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
38 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_PB_SMARTTAGS 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
36 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_CB_SMARTTAGS 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 20121 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 10156 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 35150 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
5 35149 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
5 35151 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
9 704283872 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
5 35152 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
9 704302783 2f Select a color for the current numbering style.
9 704302232 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
9 704301216 a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
9 704305321 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704300209 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
9 704305857 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
9 704301212 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
9 704302775 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
9 704302750 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
9 704311480 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
9 704305845 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
9 704305843 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
9 704303789 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
9 704302760 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704305323 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704319227 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
9 878844424 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 704318616 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 704316601 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 878842381 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704320187 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 878844421 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 704319231 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878844426 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704322212 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704322307 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
9 704319027 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878840834 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 704322305 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
9 704322301 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
9 704322214 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 878838790 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 704322210 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 878841356 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
9 780800521 19 Vytvorí novú knižnicu.
9 780800516 54 Otvorí editor $[officename] Basic, v ktorom je možné upraviť vybranú knižnicu.
9 780799500 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
a 1241813512 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
a 1317865477 57 Zobrazí meno vybraného makra. Pre vytvorenie alebo zmenu mena makra sem zadajte meno.
a 1317868052 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
a 1317868044 42 Vytvorí nový modul alebo makro, prípadne zmaže vybrané makro.
9 780800523 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
a 1317868045 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
a 1317868042 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
5 63544 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
9 780816903 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
9 780800522 6c Nájdite knižnicu $[officename] Basic, ktorú chcete pridať do aktuálneho zoznamu a kliknite na Otvoriť.
5 35091 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
9 780816900 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
9 780784134 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
a 1317868051 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
9 780784135 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
5 63545 b2 Vypíše knižnice a moduly v ktorých je možné otvárať a ukladať vaše makrá. Pre uloženie modulu s konkrétnym dokumentom otvorte dokument a potom otvorte tento dialóg.
5 63547 27 Vypíše existujúce makrá a dialógy.
a 1317868040 26 Spustí alebo uloží aktuálne makro.
a 1241813509 15 Creates a new script.
5 63548 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
a 1241813511 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
a 1317734441 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
4 5959 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
a 1241813510 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
a 1317868043 89 Otvorí dialóg Správca makier, v ktorom je možné pridať, upraviť alebo zmazať existujúce moduly makier, dialógy alebo knižnice.
a 1241813507 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
9 780784132 32 Otvorí označené makro alebo dialóg na úpravu.
4 6704 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
4 6692 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
4 6671 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
4 6669 14 Records a new macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
a 1239894027 2c Zadajte staré heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
5 33895 22 Chráni vybranú knižnicu heslom.
a 1239894039 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
a 1239894037 2b Zadajte nové heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
4 6690 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
a 1317700644 47 Nahradí knižnicu, ktorá má rovnaký názov ako aktuálna knižnica.
5 63549 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
a 1317700643 73 Pridá vybranú knižnicu ako súbor len na čítanie. Knižnica je načítaná pri každom spustení %PRODUCTNAME.
16 .uno%3AConfigureDialog 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5907 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5904 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
a 1079963518 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
9 705498935 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
a 1079963519 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
9 705498948 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
5 35011 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
5 35008 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
9 705507646 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
9 705499974 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
9 705499960 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
9 705507642 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
a 1079953796 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
5 35053 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
9 705516036 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 35077 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
9 705516072 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
9 705516073 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
5 35078 be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
5 35080 dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
9 705511980 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
5 35079 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
9 705511981 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
9 705516035 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
9 705516052 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
5 35055 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
5 35052 79 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog.
5 35051 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
9 705507136 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
5 35054 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
9 705507135 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
5 35050 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
a 1080136589 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1080136601 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
9 705547787 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 705548802 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
9 705548803 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
5 35003 b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
5 64057 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64051 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
5 64052 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 10958 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 64053 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
5 64055 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
5 64056 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
5 64054 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
5 64059 12 Closes the dialog.
5 64058 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64064 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
5 64066 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
5 64063 5a Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
5 64061 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
5 64065 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
5 64067 1b Enter a comment (optional).
5 64068 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
5 64071 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
5 64075 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
5 64073 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
5 64087 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64070 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64072 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64074 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
5 64069 6e If you want, enter the public or system identifier of the DTD (Document Type Definition) that you want to use.
5 64080 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64077 93 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64082 8f Opens the XML Filter output window, where the XML source of the selected document is displayed. The document is used to test the import filter.
5 64084 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
5 64081 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64078 d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64083 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
5 64090 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64085 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
5 64050 27 Validuje obsah okna Výstup XML Filtra.
5 64088 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
5 64089 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
a 1237598722 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
5 35174 1f Displays the current selection.
a 1237599233 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
5 35022 aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
a 1237599235 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
a 1237602817 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
a 1237598726 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
5 35038 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 35024 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
5 35021 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
5 35017 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
5 10959 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
5 35020 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
a 1237599234 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
a 1237598727 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
a 1237598724 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
5 35040 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 35018 12 Closes the dialog.
a 1237598723 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
5 35039 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
a 1237598725 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
a 1237598721 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
5 35019 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
a 1237648387 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
a 1237651971 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
a 1237648385 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
a 1237651970 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
5 35088 ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
a 1237648388 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
a 1237682177 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
a 1237651969 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
a 1237667329 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
a 1237665796 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237668353 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
a 1237667842 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
a 1237665793 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237665795 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237665794 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237668354 1b Deletes the selected entry.
5 10243 19 Checks spelling manually.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
4 5620 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
a 1343832581 63 Permanently hides the Registration dialog. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
9 586088965 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
9 586088966 36 Hides the Registration dialog for the next seven days.
a 1343832580 36 Hides the Registration dialog for the next seven days.
4 6537 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
5 42777 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
1c .uno%3AOnlineRegistrationDlg 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
9 586088967 63 Permanently hides the Registration dialog. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
a 1343832579 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
a 1090130435 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
5 43081 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
a 1090130487 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
a 1090130434 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
9 541200975 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
4 6643 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
a 1106678282 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
a 1106674693 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
5 42786 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
5 42787 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
a 1106676231 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
5 33826 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
5 33840 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
5 33836 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 33842 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
4 5960 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 33827 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
9 706675715 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
9 706679297 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
9 706678785 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
9 706679301 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
9 706677761 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
9 706679300 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 29 Specifies the display options for guides.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
4 6694 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
4 6696 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
9 705594384 90 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.
9 586155011 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
9 705597971 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
5 65551 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
5 65555 1f Installs the downloaded update.
5 33390 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 65549 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 65558 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
5 65553 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
5 65554 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
5 65552 1c Continues a paused download.
5 42792 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
5 42795 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
39 service%3Acom.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
5 42772 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
a 1180242482 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
5 42794 20 Enable or disable the extension.
a 1180240435 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
5 42768 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
5 42769 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
a 1311688709 16 Re-enter the password.
a 1111689232 16 Re-enter the password.
a 1111689230 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
a 1311672322 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 58993 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
a 1311688706 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 58994 16 Re-enter the password.
9 867893895 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
9 867883100 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867893901 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
9 867847702 36 Vyberte formát odosielania formulárov z PDF súboru.
9 867861608 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
9 867877457 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
9 867877986 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
9 867845146 ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
9 867877462 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
9 868024984 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
9 867866738 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867861607 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
9 867845145 94 When the PDF Import Extension is installed, this setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
9 867850765 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
9 868025494 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
9 867848207 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
9 867877461 b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
9 867883610 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867845137 58 Zapíše do PDF súboru PDF tagy. Toto môže značne zväčšiť veľkosť PDF súboru.
9 867861614 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
9 867861606 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
4 6673 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867877464 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
9 867845139 f0 Selects to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
9 867893898 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
9 867861104 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867861105 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867844619 ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
9 868024985 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
9 867844611 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867845134 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
9 867846149 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867861611 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
9 867861610 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
9 867893900 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
9 867877473 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
9 867845138 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
9 867845144 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
9 867844612 1e Exports the current selection.
9 867861605 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
9 867897976 34 Click to open a dialog where you enter the password.
9 867861612 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
9 867894415 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
9 867894416 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
9 868025499 d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
9 867877465 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867844610 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
9 867845140 6e Zvoľte pre vytvorenie PDF formulára. Tento môže byt vyplnený a vytlačený používateľom PDF dokumentu.
9 867897983 34 Click to open a dialog where you enter the password.
9 867877472 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
9 867877463 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867877471 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
9 867877459 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
9 867893894 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
9 867877470 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
9 868025500 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
9 867893899 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
9 867893902 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
9 867893896 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
9 868024986 c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
9 867877458 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
9 867844618 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
4 6672 a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
5 35847 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
5 33374 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
a 1090146871 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
9 553341495 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
5 43082 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
5 37826 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
5 37815 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37813 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
5 37817 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
5 37824 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 37812 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
5 37833 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
a 1368934412 f Enter the name.
5 37821 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
a 1368933377 d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
5 37814 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
5 37818 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
5 37823 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 37827 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
5 37825 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
5 37816 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
5 10773 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37820 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 37819 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37828 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
5 37822 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 65362 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368851481 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368851479 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368855066 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368854034 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
5 65364 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368851483 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368855060 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368852492 1b Enter the name of the item.
5 65361 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368851475 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368855062 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 65363 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368852494 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
a 1368855064 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 65360 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368851477 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368871438 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
a 1368869387 12 Enter a condition.
a 1368887822 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
5 37807 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
a 1368887820 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
a 1368887821 1d Edits the selected namespace.
5 65378 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
5 65362 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 65359 e7 Enter the DOM node what's a DOM node? spec doesn't tellto bind the control model towhat's a control model? spec doesn't tell. may be a typo in spec: control's model?. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
5 65366 f2 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The sematics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
5 65358 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
5 65364 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
5 65380 d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
5 65304 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
5 65361 1e Declares the item as relevant.
5 65306 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
5 65377 ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
5 65367 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
5 65303 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
5 65363 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 65368 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
5 65301 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 65360 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
5 65305 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
5 65302 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 65365 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
5 65370 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Ak chcete vytlačiť dokument s aktuálnymi nastaveniami tlače, kliknite na ikonu  Tlač súboru priamo
4 5509 68 Ak chcete vytlačiť dokument s aktuálnymi nastaveniami tlače, kliknite na ikonu  Tlač súboru priamo
5 10244 83 Kliknutím otvoríte panel Kresba, pomocou ktorého je možné pridávať tvary, úsečky, text a bubliny do aktuálneho dokumentu.
5 10115 19e Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný kruhovým oblúkom a jednou úsečkou. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, natiahnite kruh do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatok úsečky. Potom presuňte kurzor myši na miesto, kde chcete úsečku ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na kruh. Ak chcete nakresliť eliptický oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee cf Vloží do dokumentu animovaný text s vodorovnou orientáciou. Natiahnite textové pole a potom napíšte alebo vložte do neho text. Na priradenie efektu animácie zvoľte Formát - Text - Animácia textu.
a .uno%3APie 1b8 Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný oblúkom oválu a dvomi úsečkami polomeru zo stredu. Keď chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte prvú úsečku. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete ukončiť druhú úsečku, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Keď chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 19e Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný kruhovým oblúkom a jednou úsečkou. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, natiahnite kruh do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatok úsečky. Potom presuňte kurzor myši na miesto, kde chcete úsečku ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na kruh. Ak chcete nakresliť eliptický oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText f6 Nakreslí textové pole so zvislou orientáciou textu. Kliknite do dokumentu a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Tiež je možné natiahnuť textové pole do požadovanej veľkosti. Je k dispozícii len pri zapnutej podpore ázijských jazykov.
b .uno%3ALine 69 Nakreslí rovnú úsečku. Na obmedzenie čiary na uhol 45 stupňov, podržte pri ťahaní kláves Shift.
a .uno%3AArc 170 Nakreslí v aktuálnom dokumente oblúk. Ak chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatočný bod. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete oblúk ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 15b Nakreslí čiaru zloženú z postupnosti rovných úsečiek. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete začať, a ťahaním nakreslite úsečku. Kliknutím definujete koniec úsečky a rovnako pokračujte pri určení zostávajúcich častí. Dvojklikom ukončíte kreslenie čiary. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod.
5 10254 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 19f Nakreslí tvar, ktorý je založený na Bézierovej krivke. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete krivku začať, ťahajte, uvoľnite tlačidlo myši a potom presuňte ukazovateľ na miesto, kde chcete krivku ukončiť, a kliknite. Presunutím ukazovateľa a kliknutím pridáte na krivku rovný úsek. Dvojklikom ukončíte kresbu krivky. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod krivky.
5 10112 1b8 Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný oblúkom oválu a dvomi úsečkami polomeru zo stredu. Keď chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte prvú úsečku. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete ukončiť druhú úsečku, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Keď chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
e .uno%3AEllipse c6 Nakreslí na určené miesto ovál. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete ovál nakresliť  a potom ho ťahajte do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť kruh, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
5 10906 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
5 10110 c6 Nakreslí na určené miesto ovál. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete ovál nakresliť  a potom ho ťahajte do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť kruh, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 83 Kliknutím otvoríte panel Kresba, pomocou ktorého je možné pridávať tvary, úsečky, text a bubliny do aktuálneho dokumentu.
5 10114 170 Nakreslí v aktuálnom dokumente oblúk. Ak chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatočný bod. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete oblúk ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
5 10905 f6 Nakreslí textové pole so zvislou orientáciou textu. Kliknite do dokumentu a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Tiež je možné natiahnuť textové pole do požadovanej veľkosti. Je k dispozícii len pri zapnutej podpore ázijských jazykov.
f .uno%3ADrawText b5 Nakreslí textové pole s vodorovnou orientáciou textu. Natiahnite pole do veľkosti, akú potrebujete, a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Ak chcete otočiť text, otočte pole.
5 10104 e1 Nakreslí na určené miesto obdĺžnik. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete umiestniť roh obdĺžniku, a potom ťahajte obdĺžnik do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť štvorec, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
5 10253 b5 Nakreslí textové pole s vodorovnou orientáciou textu. Natiahnite pole do veľkosti, akú potrebujete, a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Ak chcete otočiť text, otočte pole.
5 10397 19f Nakreslí tvar, ktorý je založený na Bézierovej krivke. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete krivku začať, ťahajte, uvoľnite tlačidlo myši a potom presuňte ukazovateľ na miesto, kde chcete krivku ukončiť, a kliknite. Presunutím ukazovateľa a kliknutím pridáte na krivku rovný úsek. Dvojklikom ukončíte kresbu krivky. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod krivky.
5 10395 15b Nakreslí čiaru zloženú z postupnosti rovných úsečiek. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete začať, a ťahaním nakreslite úsečku. Kliknutím definujete koniec úsečky a rovnako pokračujte pri určení zostávajúcich častí. Dvojklikom ukončíte kreslenie čiary. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod.
5 10465 cf Vloží do dokumentu animovaný text s vodorovnou orientáciou. Natiahnite textové pole a potom napíšte alebo vložte do neho text. Na priradenie efektu animácie zvoľte Formát - Text - Animácia textu.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
b .uno%3ARect e1 Nakreslí na určené miesto obdĺžnik. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete umiestniť roh obdĺžniku, a potom ťahajte obdĺžnik do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť štvorec, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
5 10464 be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
5 10102 69 Nakreslí rovnú úsečku. Na obmedzenie čiary na uhol 45 stupňov, podržte pri ťahaní kláves Shift.
5 10193 1d Vytvorí rolovacie tlačidlo.
17 .uno%3AAutoControlFocus d2 Ak je aktívna možnosť Automaticky zamerať ovládací prvok, aktivuje sa pri otvorení dokumentu prvý ovládací prvok formulára. Poradie ovládacích prvkov určíte pomocou vlastnosti Poradie aktivácie.
10 .uno%3ADateField 19 Vytvorí dátumové pole.
13 .uno%3ANumericField 19 Vytvorí číselné pole.
5 10599 17 Vytvorí textové pole.
5 10594 13 Vytvorí tlačidlo.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 27 Otvorí panel Viac ovládacích prvkov.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 13 Vytvorí tlačidlo.
10 .uno%3AScrollBar 18 Vytvorí posuvný panel.
f .uno%3AGroupBox 49 Vytvorí rámec, ktorý vizuálne zoskupí niekoľko ovládacích prvkov.
5 10707 16 Vytvorí menové pole.
5 10148 22 Vytvorí zaškrtávacie políčko.
5 10706 19 Vytvorí číselné pole.
5 10704 19 Vytvorí dátumové pole.
12 .uno%3AImagebutton 2b Vytvorí tlačidlo zobrazené ako obrázok.
e .uno%3AListBox 16 Vytvorí pole zoznamu.
14 .uno%3ACurrencyField 16 Vytvorí menové pole.
12 .uno%3AFileControl 33 Vytvorí tlačidlo, ktoré umožní výber súboru.
5 10597 22 Vytvorí pole na zobrazenie textu.
14 .uno%3ANavigationBar 1b Vytvorí navigačný panel.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1c Vytvorí formátované pole.
b .uno%3AEdit 17 Vytvorí textové pole.
5 10605 33 Vytvorí tlačidlo, ktoré umožní výber súboru.
13 .uno%3AImageControl 5e Vytvorí ovládacie pole obrázku. Možno ho použiť len k pridávaniu obrázkov z databázy.
5 10604 2b Vytvorí tlačidlo zobrazené ako obrázok.
5 10710 5e Vytvorí ovládacie pole obrázku. Možno ho použiť len k pridávaniu obrázkov z databázy.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
5 10768 18 Vytvorí posuvný panel.
5 10708 18 Creates a pattern field.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 1e Vytvorí tlačidlo možností.
5 10728 1c Vytvorí formátované pole.
13 .uno%3APatternField 18 Creates a pattern field.
5 10600 16 Vytvorí pole zoznamu.
10 .uno%3ATimeField 17 Vytvorí časové pole.
5 11045 27 Otvorí panel Viac ovládacích prvkov.
5 10763 d2 Ak je aktívna možnosť Automaticky zamerať ovládací prvok, aktivuje sa pri otvorení dokumentu prvý ovládací prvok formulára. Poradie ovládacích prvkov určíte pomocou vlastnosti Poradie aktivácie.
c .uno%3ALabel 22 Vytvorí pole na zobrazenie textu.
5 10192 14 Vytvorí Combo pole.
5 10603 46 Vytvorí ovládací prvok tabuľky na zobrazenie tabuľky z databázy.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 20 Otvorí panel Návrh formulára.
5 11046 20 Otvorí panel Návrh formulára.
b .uno%3AGrid 46 Vytvorí ovládací prvok tabuľky na zobrazenie tabuľky z databázy.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Vytvorí Combo pole.
5 10147 1e Vytvorí tlačidlo možností.
5 10189 49 Vytvorí rámec, ktorý vizuálne zoskupí niekoľko ovládacích prvkov.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 22 Vytvorí zaškrtávacie políčko.
5 10705 17 Vytvorí časové pole.
11 .uno%3ASpinButton 1d Vytvorí rolovacie tlačidlo.
5 10607 1b Vytvorí navigačný panel.
5 10593 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
5 10739 3e Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo možností.
5 10749 35 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole vzorky.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3e Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo možností.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 34 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na označenie.
5 10736 34 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na označenie.
5 10737 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole zoznamu.
5 10748 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na menové pole.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 87 Otvorí podponuku, kde si je možné vybrať druh ovládacieho prvku, ktorým chcete nahradiť ovládací prvok označený v dokumente.
5 10738 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na zaškrtávacie políčko.
5 10734 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na textové pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na dátumové pole.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na číselné pole.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na menové pole.
5 10733 87 Otvorí podponuku, kde si je možné vybrať druh ovládacieho prvku, ktorým chcete nahradiť ovládací prvok označený v dokumente.
5 10751 3c Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na formátované pole.
5 10744 38 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na výber súboru.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 3f Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na obrázkové tlačidlo.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 35 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole vzorky.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 38 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na výber súboru.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na časové pole.
5 10750 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na ovládacie pole obrázku.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na ovládacie pole obrázku.
5 10747 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na číselné pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na textové pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole zoznamu.
5 10743 3f Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na obrázkové tlačidlo.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3c Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na formátované pole.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10741 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10746 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na časové pole.
5 10745 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na dátumové pole.
5 10735 33 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na zaškrtávacie políčko.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 33 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo.
a 1368837633 8d In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.
5 10753 1a Skryje označený stĺpec.
5 10606 71 Otvorí podponuku na výber dátového poľa, ktorým chcete nahradiť vybrané pole v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
5 10612 1d Odstráni označený stĺpec.
5 10755 22 Otvorí dialóg Zobraziť stĺpce.
5 10754 48 Otvorí podponuku, kde je možné vybrať zobrazenie skrytých stĺpcov.
5 10611 64 Otvorí podponuku pre výber dátového poľa, ktoré chcete pridať do ovládacieho prvku tabuľky.
5 10756 39 Kliknite na Všetko, ak chcete zobraziť všetky stĺpce.
5 10613 46 Otvorí dialóg pre úpravu vlastností vybraného ovládacieho prvku.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 46 Otvorí dialóg pre úpravu vlastností vybraného ovládacieho prvku.
5 65432 46 Otvorí dialóg pre úpravu vlastností vybraného ovládacieho prvku.
5 65260 5d Určuje, či bude posuvný panel či rolovacie tlačidlo orientované zvisle alebo vodorovne.
5 65199 45 Určuje položky poľa zoznamu, ktoré sa majú implicitne označiť.
5 65257 6c Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne na šípku posuvného panelu.
5 65245 4f Definuje hodnotu ovládacieho prvku, ktorú používateľ nemôže prekročiť.
5 65271 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
5 65142 78 Na záložke Vlastnosti určuje názov ovládacieho prvku. Na záložke Vlastnosti formulára určuje názov formulára.
5 65431 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
5 65261 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 65187 29 Pridá k textovému poľu posuvný panel.
5 65163 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
5 65423 5a Ak je táto voľba nastavená na "Áno", tlačidlo získa zameranie, keď naňho kliknete.
5 65185 3b Určuje, či sa combo pole má stránkovať dole alebo nie.
5 65168 22 Defines the height of the control.
5 65428 48 Určuje zarovnanie pre text alebo obrázok použitý v ovládacom prvku.
5 65210 4f Definuje hodnotu ovládacieho prvku, ktorú používateľ nemôže prekročiť.
5 65277 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu ovládacieho prvku.
5 65209 76 Umožňuje určiť najnižšiu možnú hodnotu poľa. To znamená, že používateľ nemôže zadať nižšiu hodnotu.
5 65225 72 Určuje cieľový rámec, v ktorom sa zobrazí dokument otvorený z ponuky "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
5 65259 e0 Určuje veľkosť posuvníka posuvného panelu v "hodnotových jednotkách". Napr. hodnota ("Max. hodnota posunu" mínus "Min. hodnota posunu") / 2 bude mať za následok posuvník, ktoré zaberie polovicu posuvného panelu.
5 65207 45 Určuje maximálnu hodnotu času, ktorú môže používateľ zadať.
5 65191 4e Vlastnosť Činnosť určuje, aká činnosť nastane pri aktivácii tlačidla.
5 65280 24 Displays text on more than one line.
5 65224 70 Určuje URL adresu, ktorá bude otvorená po kliknutí na tlačidlo typu "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
5 65426 62 Určuje farbu okrajov pre ovládacie prvky, ktoré majú nastavenú vlastnosť Okraj na "plochý".
5 65174 37 Nastaví východzí text pre textové alebo combo pole.
5 65276 4f Definuje hodnotu ovládacieho prvku, ktorú používateľ nemôže prekročiť.
5 65176 5e Definuje zoznam položiek viditeľných v dokumente. Otvorte tento zoznam a zadajte svoj text.
5 65183 4f Určuje, či sa má okraj poľa zobraziť "Bez rámca", v "3D" alebo "Plochý".
5 65234 60 Určuje, či sa pri spodnom ohraničení ovládacieho prvku tabuľky zobrazí navigačný panel.
5 65246 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu ovládacieho prvku.
5 65214 75 Definuje znakovú masku. Znaková maska obsahuje východzie hodnoty a je viditeľná vždy po načítaní formulára.
5 65233 73 Určuje, či môže zaškrtávacie políčko reprezentovať okrem hodnôt PRAVDA a NEPRAVDA naviac hodnotu NULOVÉ.
5 65241 5e Určuje URL odkaz na dokument pomocníka, ktorý sa zobrazí ako pomocník ovládacieho prvku.
5 65240 4f Umožňuje zadať pomocný text, ktorý sa zobrazí ako tip ovládacieho prvku.
5 65299 b1 Umožňuje v poliach (napr. textových alebo označení) používať zalomenie riadku a formátovanie. Pre zadanie formátovaného textu zvoľte "Viac riadkov s formátovaním".
5 65278 43 Určuje intervaly pre zvýšenie a zníženie hodnoty číselníku.
5 65247 30 Určuje zdroj pre označenie ovládacieho prvku.
5 65294 69 Určuje, či sa na Navigačnom paneli majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky určujúce umiestnenie záznamu.
5 65273 4c Určuje farbu symbolov na ovládacom prvku, napr. šípok posuvného panelu.
5 65186 b1 Umožňuje v poliach (napr. textových alebo označení) používať zalomenie riadku a formátovanie. Pre zadanie formátovaného textu zvoľte "Viac riadkov s formátovaním".
5 65281 29 Pridá k textovému poľu posuvný panel.
5 65226 4a Určuje doplňujúce informácie alebo popisný text pre ovládací prvok.
5 65270 2e Určuje minimálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
5 65178 2b Vyberte písmo pre text v ovládacom prvku.
5 65248 4b Určuje, či sa symbol meny v menovom poli zobrazí pred alebo za číslom.
5 65239 1b Nastaví východzí dátum.
5 65231 64 Vlastnosť Východzie tlačidlo určuje, ktoré tlačidlo sa použije pri stlačení klávesu Enter.
5 65188 29 Pridá k textovému poľu posuvný panel.
5 65272 41 Určuje pozdržanie v milisekundách medzi opakovaním udalostí.
5 65244 76 Umožňuje určiť najnižšiu možnú hodnotu poľa. To znamená, že používateľ nemôže zadať nižšiu hodnotu.
5 65279 9b Určuje, či sa má opakovať akcia ovládacieho prvku, ak naňho kliknete a držíte tlačidlo myši (napr. pre rolovacie tlačidlo alebo posuvný panel).
5 65213 61 Definuje vstupnú masku. Zadaním masky určíte, čo môže používateľ do tohto poľa zadať.
5 65227 96 Ak textové pole bude použité k zadávaniu hesla, zadajte ASCII kód zobrazovaného znaku. Zobrazí sa namiesto znakov zadávaných používateľom.
5 65219 65 Možnosť "Áno" zmení ovládací prvok na rolovacie tlačidlo a pridajú sa zodpovedajúce šípky.
5 65297 68 Určuje, či sa na Navigačnom paneli majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky pre filtrovanie a zoraďovanie.
5 65265 47 Zmení veľkosť obrázku, aby zodpovedal veľkosti ovládacieho prvku.
5 65425 6e Určuje, či sa zaškrtávacie políčka a tlačidlá možností zobrazujú ako 3D (východzie) alebo ploché.
5 65143 70 Vlastnosť Poradie aktivácie určuje poradie, v akom sa aktivujú ovládacie prvky pri stlačení klávesu Tab.
5 65217 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
5 65258 74 Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne vedľa posuvníka na posuvnom paneli.
5 65262 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 65184 48 Určuje zarovnanie pre text alebo obrázok použitý v ovládacom prvku.
5 65202 3f Určuje najnižší dátum, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
5 65295 57 Určuje, či sa na Navigačnom paneli majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky na navigáciu.
5 65198 65 Vlastnosť Obrázky určuje cestu a názov súboru s obrázkom, ktorý chcete zobraziť na tlačidle.
5 65208 31 Umožňuje definovať požadovaný formát času.
5 65195 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu ovládacieho prvku.
5 65229 41 Určuje počet číslic zobrazených v desatinnej časti čísla.
5 65200 34 Umožňuje vybrať viac než jednu položku zoznamu.
5 65206 3d Určuje najnižší čas, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
5 65203 39 Používateľ nemôže zadať vyšší dátum než tento.
5 65422 129 Určuje, či sa tlačidlo správa ako prepínacie tlačidlo. Ak nastavíte Prepnúť na "Áno", je možné prepínať medzi stavmi "vybrané" a "nevybrané" kliknutím na tlačidlo alebo stlačením medzerníku, ak je tlačidlo aktívne. Tlačidlo v stave "vybrané" sa zobrazuje ako "stlačené".
5 65189 62 Vlastnosť Krok tabulátora určuje, či je možné ovládací prvok vybrať pomocou klávesa Tab.
5 65169 21 Defines the width of the control.
5 65161 65 Určuje formátovací kód pre ovládací prvok. Kliknutím na tlačidlo ... je možné kód vybrať.
5 65242 70 Určuje, či sa má prvý stĺpec zobraziť so štítkami riadkov, kde je aktuálny záznam označený šípkou.
5 65230 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
5 65216 2f Priradí combo poľu automatické vyplňovanie.
5 65293 48 Určuje, či majú byť ikony na Navigačnom paneli malé alebo veľké.
5 65300 60 Pre textové polia vyberte kód konca riadku, ktorý sa použije pri zápise textu do databázy.
5 65180 2a Nastaví farbu pozadia ovládacieho prvku.
5 65218 46 Definuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
5 65232 50 Umožňuje zadať hodnotu, ktorá bude pridaná ku skrytému ovládaciemu prvku.
5 65221 1d Vloží oddeľovač tisícok.
5 65150 55 Určuje, či je ovládací prvok len na čítanie (Áno) alebo sa dá upraviť (Nie).
5 65256 2e Určuje maximálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
5 65238 19 Nastaví východzí čas.
5 65275 76 Umožňuje určiť najnižšiu možnú hodnotu poľa. To znamená, že používateľ nemôže zadať nižšiu hodnotu.
5 65424 71 Určuje, či označený text v ovládacom prvku zostane označený, aj keď ovládací prvok už nie je aktívny.
5 65204 34 Zadajte požadovaný formát pre zobrazenie dátumu.
5 65212 36 Umožňuje zadať znak alebo reťazec pre symbol meny.
5 65296 50 Určuje, či sa majú zobraziť alebo skryť prvky akcií na Navigačnom paneli.
5 65215 6b Ak je vlastnosť "Povolené" nastavená na (Áno), používateľ môže tento ovládací prvok používať.
5 65211 1f Určuje intervaly číselníku.
5 65179 33 Určuje výšku riadku v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
5 65220 4b Ak je aktívny presný formát (Áno), prijímané sú len povolené znaky.
5 65175 4f Vlastnosť Popisné pole nastavuje označenie ovládacieho prvku vo formulári.
5 65223 32 Určuje, či sa má toto ovládacie pole tlačiť.
5 65190 e6 Umožňuje zadať referenčnú hodnotu pre webové formuláre, ktorá sa odovzdá serveru pri odoslaní formulára. V databázových formulároch sa zadaná hodnota zapíše do databázového poľa priradeného ovládaciemu prvku.
5 65266 6d Určuje odkaz na prepojenú bunku v zošite. Prepojí sa stav alebo obsah ovládacieho prvku s obsahom bunky.
5 65307 12f Zaškrtávacie políčka a prepínače v zošitoch je možné prepojiť s bunkami v aktuálnom dokumente. Ak je ovládací prvok zapnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (zapnutá). Ak je ovládací prvok vypnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (vypnutá).
5 65268 39 Určuje režim prepojenia poľa zoznamu s bunkou zošitu.
5 65170 8e Pomocou indexu určíte pole tabuľky alebo SQL dotazu, ktoré sa spojí s poľom určeným v Dátové pole. Platné hodnoty sú 1, 2, 3 atď.
5 65243 fc Pri návrhu formulára je možné v dialógu Vlastnosti formulára na záložke Dáta nastaviť textovým poliam vlastnosť "Filter". V režime filtru si potom je možné pri hľadaní vybrať zo všetkých informácií obsiahnutých v týchto poliach.
5 65141 4f Určuje pole v tabuľke zdroja dát, na ktoré odkazuje tento ovládací prvok.
5 65172 c6 V databázových formulároch určuje zdroj dát zoznam položiek pre ovládací prvok. Toto pole je možné použiť pre zadanie zoznamu hodnôt do dokumentov, ktoré nie sú spojené s databázou.
5 65267 5e Zadajte rozsah buniek zo zošitu, ktoré obsahujú položky pre pole zoznamu alebo combo pole.
5 65171 39 Určuje dáta pre vyplnenie polí zoznamov a combo polí.
5 65228 c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
5 65411 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
5 65394 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
5 65404 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
5 65402 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
5 65396 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
5 65403 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
5 65397 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
5 65410 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
5 65399 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
5 65389 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
5 65408 53 Udalosť Text zmenený nastane, keď zadáte alebo upravíte text vo vstupnom poli.
5 65413 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
5 65400 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
5 65401 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
5 65395 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
5 10614 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
5 65194 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
5 65193 3f Upresní metódu prenosu informácií z vyplneného formulára.
5 65419 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
5 65412 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
5 65417 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
5 65392 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
5 65420 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
5 65390 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
5 65418 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
5 65406 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
5 65414 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
5 65409 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
5 65405 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
5 65415 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
5 65393 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
5 65416 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
5 65398 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
5 65407 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
5 65153 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
5 65148 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
5 65155 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
5 65144 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
5 65145 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
5 65151 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
5 65154 20 Determines if data can be added.
5 65147 fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
5 65236 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
5 65146 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
5 65249 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
5 65156 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
5 65152 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
15 HID_TABORDER_CONTROLS 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
5 10615 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
5 10623 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
5 37772 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 10629 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 22300 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 37770 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
5 10609 1c Renames the selected object.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 10703 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
5 10640 23 Creates a new form in the document.
5 10608 a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
5 10638 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
5 10633 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 10639 1b Deletes the selected entry.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
5 10709 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
5 10727 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
4 5539 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
5 33937 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
4 5552 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
5 10007 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
5 10907 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
5 10908 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
5 10461 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
5 10462 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
5 10489 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 14d Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the color that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
5 10185 ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
5 27346 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
5 27347 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
5 10187 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
5 10200 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
5 10201 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
5 26412 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 60 Otvorí panel nástrojov, ktorý obsahuje funkcie na optimalizáciu riadkov a stĺpcov tabuľky.
5 20510 60 Otvorí panel nástrojov, ktorý obsahuje funkcie na optimalizáciu riadkov a stĺpcov tabuľky.
5 10301 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
5 10129 1c Rotates the selected object.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
5 10130 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10153 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 20130 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 20131 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10152 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10150 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
5 20134 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 10151 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20135 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20138 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
4 5596 a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
4 5508 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
15 .uno%3ASelectTextMode d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
5 20989 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
4 6312 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
5 33373 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
f SID_BROWSE_STOP 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
b .uno%3AStop 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
4 6674 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30808 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30806 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
5 33966 2a Assigns a name to an Internet URL or file.
5 33969 55 Allows you to either type a URL, or insert a URL from a document using drag-and-drop.
13 .uno%3ASetHyperlink 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 10362 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 33967 75 Click and choose one of the Internet search engines from the submenu. The search term is entered in the URL Name box.
5 33968 36 Specifies the target frame type for the specified URL.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
5 10955 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
5 35193 22 Applies the data to your document.
5 35189 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
5 35188 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
5 21835 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
5 21840 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
5 27382 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
5 21839 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
5 35194 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
4 5678 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
9 704447499 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
5 35195 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
9 704466466 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704446980 1b Creates a Telnet hyperlink.
9 704464932 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704450592 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704448522 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704474663 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704448548 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704497702 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704446978 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
5 35190 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704499234 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704450082 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704483360 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704458279 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704448550 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704466976 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704507431 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704464934 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704446979 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
9 704491047 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704481318 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704481316 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704448520 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704458252 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
5 35196 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
9 704497700 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704458253 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
5 35183 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
9 704482850 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
5 35197 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
9 704499744 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704463362 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
9 704464903 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
9 704474632 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
5 35184 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
9 704463363 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
5 35191 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
9 704491020 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
5 35192 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
5 35185 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704491012 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
9 704481287 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
9 704497669 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
9 704507400 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
9 704499207 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
9 704496131 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
5 35186 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
9 704496130 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 20937 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 26497 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 26496 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
5 20938 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 20907 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 26498 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 26499 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
5 20908 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
4 5621 1a Closes the current window.
5 38834 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
5 38978 c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
5 10764 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
5 39064 b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
5 38833 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
5 10713 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
5 10716 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
5 10711 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
5 10724 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
5 38977 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 5a Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.

5 12202 5a Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.

a 1435046432 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
a 1435046431 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
a 1435042333 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
a 1435053590 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042334 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
a 1435042317 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435042316 1d Accepts the database formats.
a 1435045396 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
a 1435053592 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435053591 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
a 1435045390 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435042306 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
a 1435042844 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
a 1435045402 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
a 1435053589 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042308 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
5 38783 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
5 10715 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
a 1388414977 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416515 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416516 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416520 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 2567081498 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567082017 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416517 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081500 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 2567082018 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388414978 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567081503 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416514 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416513 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081501 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081502 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081496 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416519 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
5 26323 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
a 2567081497 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388414979 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567081499 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
a 1388416518 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567082016 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
5 38784 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
5 10714 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
a 1368769029 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
5 10725 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 35059 1c Searches through all fields.
5 35058 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
a 1368769026 28 Searches through a specified data field.
5 35072 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1368769028 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
5 35063 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
5 35068 22 Searches with regular expressions.
a 1368772097 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 35071 1d Starts or cancels the search.
a 1368769027 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
5 35064 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
5 35065 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
5 35061 28 Searches through a specified data field.
5 35066 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
5 35062 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
5 35067 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
5 10729 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
5 10723 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
5 10761 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
5 10721 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
a 2462290433 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
a 2462286337 12 Shows only tables.
5 10722 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
a 2462286338 13 Shows only queries.
5 38853 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
5 38852 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
5 10720 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
5 10128 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
4 5675 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
5 52825 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
5 27087 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 26115 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 21182 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 21183 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 10221 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
5 21185 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
5 26116 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 27089 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 30366 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
4 5584 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
5 10474 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
5 10476 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
5 10475 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
5 10473 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10470 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10472 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
a 1243022341 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
5 10479 a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
5 10471 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
a 1243060738 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
a 1243027970 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
5 10478 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
5 10480 c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
a 1243038723 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
5 10477 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
a 1243027972 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
a 1243044354 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
a 1243076610 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
5 10871 a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
5 10865 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
5 10866 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
5 10867 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
5 10863 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10864 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10868 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
5 10869 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
5 10883 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11047 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11049 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11051 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11050 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 10977 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
4 5715 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11052 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11048 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
a 2187084816 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
5 33355 20 Adds this page to your bookmarks
5 33363 23 Opens the Find on this page dialog.
5 33354 17 Prints the current page
5 33353 1e Moves forward to the next page
4 5400 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
5 33349 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
a 2187087883 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
5 33350 23 Hides and shows the navigation pane
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
a 2187084815 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
5 33347 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
a 2187088401 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
5 33348 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
5 33352 1f Moves back to the previous page
5 33351 31 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic
a 2187084814 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
a 2187084813 1a Finds complete words only.
9 546983947 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
9 546984460 24 Click to display the selected topic.
9 547000844 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
9 546997262 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
9 546997263 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
9 547000849 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
9 546999824 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
9 547000331 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
5 33364 22 displays the selected help subject
5 33365 39 opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark
5 33366 1d deletes the bookmark selected
a 1083901963 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
9 547016203 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
5 33356 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 1e Otvorí okno Hĺbka vysunutia.
5 10964 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vpravo o päť stupňov.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 18 Otvorí okno Osvetlenie.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vľavo o päť stupňov.
5 33907 d Zvoľte smer.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 1d Otvorí okno Farba vysunutia.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vpravo o päť stupňov.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nadol o päť stupňov.
5 10960 3f Zapne alebo vypne používanie 3D efektov pre vybrané objekty.
a 1237637634 19 Zadajte hĺbku vysunutia.
5 10963 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vľavo o päť stupňov.
5 10965 1e Otvorí okno Hĺbka vysunutia.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nahor o päť stupňov.
5 10962 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nahor o päť stupňov.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 1c Otvorí okno Smer vysunutia.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 14 Otvorí okno Povrch.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3f Zapne alebo vypne používanie 3D efektov pre vybrané objekty.
5 10961 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nadol o päť stupňov.
5 10969 1d Otvorí okno Farba vysunutia.
5 10968 14 Otvorí okno Povrch.
5 10966 1c Otvorí okno Smer vysunutia.
5 10967 18 Otvorí okno Osvetlenie.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 67 Prevedú vás vytvorením pracovných a osobných listov, faxov, programov, prezentácií a ďalších.
4 6381 67 Prevedú vás vytvorením pracovných a osobných listov, faxov, programov, prezentácií a ďalších.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard%3Fstart 2e Spustí sprievodcu a vytvorí šablónu listu.
5 34573 39 Umožnia vám zobraziť voľby predchádzajúcich krokov.
5 65070 3f Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a pokračuje na ďalšiu stránku.
5 40822 39 Umožnia vám zobraziť voľby predchádzajúcich krokov.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 2e Spustí sprievodcu a vytvorí šablónu listu.
5 40824 73 V závislosti na vašich voľbách sprievodca vytvorí novú šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju na váš pevný disk.
5 40823 3f Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a pokračuje na ďalšiu stránku.
5 34574 3f Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a pokračuje na ďalšiu stránku.
5 65069 39 Umožnia vám zobraziť voľby predchádzajúcich krokov.
5 40774 2a Vyberte vzhľad pre vašu šablónu listu.
5 40771 2d Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť osobný list.
5 40772 2a Vyberte vzhľad pre vašu šablónu listu.
5 40775 2a Vyberte vzhľad pre vašu šablónu listu.
5 53269 3c Spresnite či chcete vytvoriť osobný alebo pracovný list.
5 40773 97 Spresnite, či použitý papier obsahuje logo, adresu alebo pätu stránky. Sprievodca zobrazí vzhľad hlavičkového papiera na nasledujúcej strane.
5 40770 37 Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť formálny osobný list.
5 40769 3c Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť šablónu pracovného listu.
5 40782 18 Určuje výšku objektu.
5 40785 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od horného okraja stránky.
5 40778 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od ľavého okraja stránky.
5 53270 4f Umožňuje určiť prvky, ktoré sú už predtlačené na hlavičkovom papieri.
5 40777 18 Určuje výšku objektu.
5 40780 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od horného okraja stránky.
5 40776 5f Spresnite, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačené logo. %PRODUCTNAME netlačiť logo.
5 40788 7f Zadajte výšku oblasti päty, ktorá je už predtlačená na hlavičkovom papieri. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť túto oblasť.
5 40787 64 Určuje, či je už na hlavičkovom papieri predtlačená päta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť pätu.
5 40783 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od ľavého okraja stránky.
5 40779 18 Určuje šírku objektu.
5 40786 6a Určuje, či je už vaša adresa predtlačená nad adresou adresáta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
5 40781 66 Určuje, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačená adresa. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
5 40784 18 Určuje šírku objektu.
5 40797 4e Obsahuje zdvorilostné zakončenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
5 40794 43 Obsahuje oslovenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte oslovenie zo zoznamu.
5 40799 1f Šablóna listu obsahuje pätu.
5 40798 4e Obsahuje zdvorilostné zakončenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
5 40790 20 Obsahuje logo v šablóne listu.
5 40792 3e Obsahuje riadok s odkazom na pracovný list v šablóne listu.
5 40791 40 Obsahuje   spiatočnú adresu malej veľkosti v šablóne listu.
5 53271 41 Určuje položky, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté do šablóny listu.
5 40793 2b Obsahuje riadok predmetu v šablóne listu.
5 40795 43 Obsahuje oslovenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte oslovenie zo zoznamu.
5 40789 43 Vyberte krajinu, z ktorej sa má použiť vzhľad typického listu.
5 40796 29 Obsahuje značky ohybu v šablóne listu.
5 40803 1c Určuje ulicu odosielateľa.
5 40807 3a Určuje, či šablóna listu obsahuje pole pre vlastníka.
5 40801 41 Použiť informácie o adrese z následujúcich textových polí.
5 40808 37 Do šablóny listu sa vložia polia z databázy adries.
5 40806 1d Určuje adresu odosielateľa.
5 40804 1d Určuje adresu odosielateľa.
5 53272 3b Spresňuje informácie o odosielateľovi a prijímateľovi.
5 40800 4d Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.
5 40802 1b Určuje meno odosielateľa.
5 40805 1d Určuje adresu odosielateľa.
5 40809 17 Vložte text pre pätu.
5 40810 1d Skryť pätu na prvej strane.
5 53273 43 Určuje informácie, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté v priestore päty.
5 40811 28 Šablóna listu obsahuje čísla strán.
5 40814 3f Uloží šablónu a ponechá ju otvorenú pre ďalšie úpravy.
5 53274 42 Určuje kde a pod akým menom bude dokument a šablóna uložená.
5 40812 23 Určuje názov šablóny dokumentu.
5 40815 5f Zadajte cestu a meno šablóny alebo kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre výber mena cesty k súboru.
5 40816 5f Zadajte cestu a meno šablóny alebo kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre výber mena cesty k súboru.
5 40813 5e Uložiť a zavrieť šablónu a otvoriť nový nepomenovaný dokument založený na šablóne.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1c Otvorí sprievodcu pre faxy.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard%3Fstart 1c Otvorí sprievodcu pre faxy.
5 41182 d6 Pre zobrazenie zvolených nastavení z predchádzajúcej strany kliknite na tlačidlo Späť. Aktuálne nastavenia ostanú po kliknutí na toto tlačidlo nezmenené. Tlačidlo Späť bude aktívne od druhej strany.
5 41183 80 Sprievodca uloží aktuálne nastavenia a prejde na ďalšiu stranu. Tlačidlo Ďalšia sa stane na poslednej strane neaktívne.
5 41184 b2 Podľa zvolených nastavení sprievodca vytvorí šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju. Na pracovnej ploche sa objaví nový dokument založený na šablóne s názvom "Bez názvu X".
5 41120 37 Vytvára šablónu faxu pre pracovne štylizovaný fax.
5 41122 2b Vytvára šablónu faxu pre súkromný fax.
5 53279 2c Definuje štýl vášho faxového dokumentu.
5 41121 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
5 41123 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
5 41138 e Vloží pätu.
5 41130 18 Obsahuje pole na dátum.
5 41132 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
5 53280 32 Určuje, ktoré prvky faxu majú byť vytlačené.
5 41133 18 Vloží riadok predmetu.
5 41135 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
5 41134 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
5 41131 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
5 41137 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
5 41129 1b Obsahuje logo spoločnosti.
5 41136 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
5 41146 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 41144 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 41148 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
5 41147 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 41145 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 53281 27 Určuje príjemcu a odosielateľa faxu.
5 41140 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
5 41143 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 41141 7a Vyberte, ak chcete zadať adresu do následujúcich textových polí. Údaje sa do fax dokumentu vložia ako bežný text.
5 41149 57 Vloží databázové polia, ktoré sa použijú neskôr pri hromadnej korešpondencií.
5 41142 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
5 53282 16 Určuje dáta v päte.
5 53283 26 Definuje meno a umiestnenie šablóny.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 44 Spustí sprievodcu, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť šablónu porady.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard%3Fstart 44 Spustí sprievodcu, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť šablónu porady.
5 41057 24 Zo zoznamu vyberte vzhľad stránky.
5 53299 22 Určuje vzhľad strany pre poradu.
5 41058 4b Vytlačí stranu, na ktorej si môžete robiť poznámky v priebehu porady.
5 41060 1a Určuje dátum stretnutia.
5 41061 1a Určuje nadpis stretnutia.
5 41062 1a Určuje miesto stretnutia.
5 41059 18 Určuje čas stretnutia.
5 53300 31 Určuje dátum, čas, názov a miesto stretnutia.
5 41065 32 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Prineste si.
5 53301 35 Určuje záhlavia, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do porady.
5 41063 35 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok typ stretnutia.
5 41064 38 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok prosím čítajte.
5 41066 30 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Poznámky.
5 53302 36 Určuje mená, ktoré majú byť vytlačené v porade.
5 41072 59 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pozorovateľov.
5 41069 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno zapisovateľa.
5 41068 5f Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno predsedajúcej osoby.
5 41073 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno účastníkov.
5 41070 56 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno moderátora.
5 41071 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
5 41067 67 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno osoby, ktorá poradu zvolala.
5 41084 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
5 41079 36 Vloží prázdny riadok pre tému za aktuálny riadok.
5 41081 2c Posunie vyššie aktuálnu tému programu ..
5 41085 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
5 41080 23 Odstráni aktuálnu tému programu.
5 41086 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
5 41082 2b Presunie nižšie aktuálnu tému programu.
5 53303 46 Určuje témy programu, ktoré sa majú v šablóne porady vytlačiť.
5 41075 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
5 41078 52 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí šablónu pre ďalšie úpravy.
5 41076 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
5 41077 70 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí nový dokument programu porady založený na tejto šablóne.
5 53304 32 Vyberte nadpis a umiestnenie pre šablónu porady.
5 41074 1e Určuje meno šablóny porady.
1d .uno%3AAutoPilotPresentations 8d Použiť sprievodcu na interaktívne vytvorenie prezentácie. So sprievodcom môžete upravovať ukážkové šablóny podľa vašich potrieb
a 1088492035 45 Vráti sa na predchádzajúci krok bez straty aktuálnych nastavení.
16 .uno%3ANewPresentation 8d Použiť sprievodcu na interaktívne vytvorenie prezentácie. So sprievodcom môžete upravovať ukážkové šablóny podľa vašich potrieb
c slot%3A10425 8d Použiť sprievodcu na interaktívne vytvorenie prezentácie. So sprievodcom môžete upravovať ukážkové šablóny podľa vašich potrieb
a 1088492036 3b Akceptuje nové nastavenia a presune sa na ďalšiu stranu.
a 1088492049 3f Kliknutím na Otvoriť sa zobrazí dialóg pre výber súborov.
a 1088487951 31 Zobrazí zoznam skôr vytvorených prezentácií.
a 1088488455 33 Určuje, či sa šablóna objaví v okne náhľadu.
a 1088487948 36 Otvorí zoznam obsahujúci upraviteľné prezentácie.
a 1088488456 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
5 59885 38 Vypíše dostupné kategórie šablón pre prezentácie.
a 1088487947 27 Vytvára novú (prázdnu) prezentáciu.
5 59887 108 Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under %PRODUCTNAME - Paths in the Options dialog box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
5 59886 38 Vypíše dostupné kategórie šablón pre prezentácie.
5 59771 36 Určuje typ prezentácie a umožní vybrať šablónu.
5 59772 63 Dovoľuje vám vybrať vzhľad snímok prezentácie, ktorú ste vybrali na prvej strane sprievodcu.
5 59888 63 Dovoľuje vám vybrať vzhľad snímok prezentácie, ktorú ste vybrali na prvej strane sprievodcu.
a 1088487972 39 Vytvára prezentáciu, ktorá bude použitá ako snímky.
a 1088491041 63 Dovoľuje vám vybrať vzhľad snímok prezentácie, ktorú ste vybrali na prvej strane sprievodcu.
a 1088487971 3f Vytvára prezentáciu určenú len na premietania na obrazovke.
a 1088487974 40 Vytvorí prezentáciu, ktorá môže byť vytlačená na papier.
a 1088487973 40 Vytvorí prezentáciu na priehľadný materiál pre premietanie.
a 1088487975 2f Použije sa pôvodný formát strany šablóny.
a 1088495666 35 Definuje dĺžku trvania každej strany prezentácie.
a 1088495668 30 Definuje prestávku medzi každou prezentáciou.
5 59773 49 Priradí vašej prezentácií špeciálne efekty a určí jej rýchlosť.
a 1088488501 55 Určuje, či sa má v prestávkach medzi prezentáciami zobraziť $[officename] logo.
a 1088487984 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
a 1088487983 56 Možnosť Základné spustí prezentáciu cez celú obrazovku s určenou rýchlosťou.
a 1088491051 23 Určuje vašej prezentácií efekt.
a 1088491053 1b Nastaví rýchlosť efektu.
a 1088489495 32 Určuje vaše meno alebo meno vašej spoločnosti.
a 1088489497 22 Určuje tému vašej prezentácie.
a 1088490011 6a Toto pole použite pre zaznamenanie myšlienok a nápadov, ktoré chcete povedať vo vašej prezentácií.
5 59774 32 Určuje vaše meno alebo meno vašej spoločnosti.
a 1088488511 3e Vytvorí súhrn všetkých zahrnutých strán v prezentácií.
5 59775 3e Vytvorí súhrn všetkých zahrnutých strán v prezentácií.
5 34400 2b Aktivuje sprievodcu pre tvorbu formulárov.
5 34404 44 Kliknutím vytvoríte formulár bez zodpovedania ďalších otázok.
5 40853 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34433 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
5 41215 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 41216 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 34214 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 40915 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 40858 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 40854 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40855 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40851 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34417 22 Zobrazí polia v novom formulári.
5 34436 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 41239 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 34418 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 40852 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
5 34438 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 34412 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34439 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 41210 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
5 41213 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34419 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 34432 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34213 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 34413 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
5 34434 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40920 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
5 34415 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40916 40 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa kam mieri šípka.
5 41211 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40917 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 41212 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34411 36 Určuje tabuľku, z ktorej chcete vytvoriť formulár.
5 34416 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34414 40 Kliknutím presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 41238 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 40857 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 34435 41 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 40919 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
5 41209 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34424 37 Vyberte reláciu, na ktorej je podformulár založený.
5 34423 4a Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na ručnom výbere polí.
5 34422 4b Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na existujúcej relácií.
5 34421 23 Vyberte pre pridanie podformulára.
5 34431 46 Určuje tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude podformulár vytvorený.
5 34437 45 Zobrazí všetky polia, ktoré budú zahrnuté v novom podformulári.
5 34444 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34448 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34446 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34445 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34442 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34443 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34447 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34441 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
5 34453 40 Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú vľavo.
5 34455 25 Zarovná polia databázy do tabuľky.
5 34454 3e Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú hore.
5 34456 2c Zarovná označenia nad odpovedajúce dáta.
5 34451 21 Označenia sú zarovnané vľavo.
5 34452 21 Označenia sú zarovnané vpravo.
5 34464 23 Vyberte pre zákaz mazania údajov.
5 34463 22 Vyberte pre zákaz úprav údajov.
5 34465 2f Vyberte pre zákaz pridávania nových údajov.
5 34461 4f Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať len pre zadávanie nových dát.
5 34462 72 Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať na zobrazovanie existujúcich údajov ako aj na zadávanie nových.
5 34474 30 Určuje, že okraje polí majú plochý vzhľad.
5 34472 22 Určuje, že polia nemajú okraje.
5 34473 2b Určuje, že okraje polí majú 3D vzhľad.
5 34471 21 Určuje štýl strany formulára.
5 34483 37 Uloží formulár a otvorí ho pre úpravy rozvrhnutia.
5 34482 5f Uloží formulár a otvorí ho ako formulárový dokument pre vkladanie a zobrazovanie údajov.
5 34481 1a Určuje názov formulára.
5 38995 28 Aktivuje sprievodcu vytvorením správy.
5 34320 1b Vyberte vlastnosti správy.
5 34330 41 Vyberte tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude správa vytvorená.
5 34336 32 Zobrazí všetky polia zahrnuté do novej správy.
5 34335 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34333 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34332 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34334 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34331 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34381 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34386 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34385 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34383 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34382 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34384 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
5 34341 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34342 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
5 34340 d5 Zobrazí zoznam polí vybraných na predchádzajúcej strane sprievodcu. Pre zoskupenie správ podľa poľa vyberte názov poľa v zozname a kliknite na tlačidlo >. Môžete vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupení.
5 34343 c2 Zobrazí polia, podľa ktorých bude správa zoskupená. Pre odobratie jednej úrovne zoskupenia vyberte názov poľa a kliknite na tlačidlo <. Je možné vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupenia.
5 34353 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
5 34352 43 Vyberte dodatočné pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
5 34346 3d Vyberte prvé pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
5 34354 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
5 34356 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
5 34357 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
5 34351 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
5 34355 43 Vyberte dodatočné pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
5 34348 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
5 34347 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
5 34350 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
5 34349 43 Vyberte dodatočné pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
5 34365 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na šírku.
5 34366 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na výšku.
5 34363 63 Definuje súbor štýlov pre správu. Štýly priraďujú písmo, odsadenie, pozadie tabuľky atď.
5 34364 90 Definuje vzhľad strany pre správu. Vzhľady strán sú načítané zo súborov šablón, ktoré priraďujú záhlavie, pätu a pozadie strany.
5 34362 4b Určuje titulok, ktorý bude vytlačený na titulnom riadku každej strany.
5 34370 64 Uloží správu ako šablónu. Keď otvoríte dynamickú správu, budú zobrazené aktuálne údaje.
5 34371 7c Uloží správu ako statickú. Keď otvoríte takúto správu, vždy sa zobrazia údaje, z ktorých bola správa vytvorená.
5 34375 2d Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží.
5 34374 54 Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží a následne bude otvorená pre úpravy.
5 59873 35 Vytvoriť nový návrh na ďalšej strane sprievodcu.
a 1085850115 35 Vytvoriť nový návrh na ďalšej strane sprievodcu.
a 1085850116 82 Zo zoznamu načíta existujúci návrh pre použitie ako počiatočný stav pre ďalšie kroky na ďalších stranách sprievodcu.
a 1085854214 25 Odstráni vybraný návrh zo zoznamu.
a 1085853189 25 Zobrazí všetky existujúce návrhy.
a 1085850154 4f Použite export pre WebCast pre vytvorenie HTML stránky a skripty jazyka Perl.
a 1085851692 55 Určuje URL  (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), ktorú musia zadať diváci prezentácie.
a 1085850153 a3 Ak vyberiete možnosť ASP, export pre WebCast vytvorí stránky ASP. HTML prezentácia môže byť potom umiestená len na serveri podporujúcom technológiu ASP.
a 1085850134 37 Zo strán pre export vytvorí štandardné HTML strany.
5 59874 37 Zo strán pre export vytvorí štandardné HTML strany.
a 1085850135 b1 Vytvorí štandardné HTML stránky s rámcami. Exportovaná stránka bude zobrazená v hlavnom rámci a rámec vľavo bude slúžiť ako obsah vo forme hypertextových odkazov.
a 1085850147 62 Snímky sa menia automaticky po uplynutí určitého času a nezávisí na časovaní prezentácie
a 1085850136 84 Vytvorí základnú HTML prezentáciu, v ktorej budú za sebou snímky automaticky nasledovať po určitých časových jednotkách.
a 1085857829 3e Určuje čas, počas ktorého bude každý snímok zobrazený.
a 1085850662 4c Po zobrazení posledného snímku sa prezentácia automaticky spustí znova.
a 1085850137 61 V exporte pro WebCast budú vygenerované automatické skripty s podporou jazykov Perl alebo ASP.
a 1085851694 5f Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), kde bude na WWW serveru HTML prezentácia uložená.
a 1085850655 2b Vytvorí titulnú stranu vášho dokumentu.
a 1085851696 4a Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu) pre vygenerované skripty Perlu.
a 1085850146 f3 Prechod medzi snímkami závisí na časovaní, ktoré ste jednotlivým snímkam priradili v prezentácií. Ak ste nastavili ručný prechod medzi snímkami, v HTML prezentácií bude nový snímok uvedený po stlačení ľubovoľnej klávesy.
a 1085850656 36 Určuje, či majú byť zobrazené aj vaše poznámky.
a 1085850163 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
a 1085850165 9a Obrázky budú exportované ako JPEG súbory. Súbory JPEG sú komprimované nastaviteľnou stratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
a 1085850164 82 Obrázky budú exportované ako GIF súbory. Súbory GIF sú komprimované bezstratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať 256 farieb.
a 1085850171 47 Vyberie vysoké rozlíšenie pre zobrazenie snímok vo vysokej kvalite.
a 1085850170 3f Vyberie stredné rozlíšenie pre stredne veľké prezentácie.
a 1085850169 7c Vyberte nízke rozlíšenie aby ste zachovali malú veľkosť súborov aj pri prezentáciách s veľkým množstvom snímok.
a 1085853751 c2 Určuje kompresný faktor JPEG obrázkov. Hodnota 100% ponúka najlepšiu kvalitu, ale výsledná veľkosť súboru je väčšia. Hodnota 25% ponúka menšie súbory v podstatne horšej kvalite.
a 1085850685 63 Určuje, či budú exportované zvukové súbory, ktoré definujú zvuky prechodov medzi snímkami.
5 59875 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
a 1085852234 41 Určuje ďalší text, ktorý bude zobrazený na titulnej strane.
a 1085851718 24 Určuje adresu elektronickej pošty.
5 59876 20 Určuje meno autora publikácie.
a 1085851716 20 Určuje meno autora publikácie.
a 1085851720 5c Určuje adresu vašej domovskej stránky. Hypertextový odkaz bude vložený do publikácie.
5 59877 35 Namiesto tlačidiel vloží iba hypertextové odkazy.
a 1085850706 35 Namiesto tlačidiel vloží iba hypertextové odkazy.
a 1085854314 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
a 1085850215 4b Umožní vám pre niektoré objekty prezentácie definovať vlastné farby.
a 1085854313 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
a 1085850214 3c Použiť základné farby divákovho webového prehliadača.
a 1085854315 62 Otvorí dialóg Farba, vo ktorom je možné vybrať farbu navštívených hypertextových odkazov.
a 1085854316 5c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu aktívnych hypertextových odkazov.
a 1085850221 4c Rozhoduje o použití farieb zo štýlov použitých v aktuálnom dokumente.
a 1085854312 4e Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné zvoliť farba pozadia prezentácie.
5 59878 4c Rozhoduje o použití farieb zo štýlov použitých v aktuálnom dokumente.
5 65064 13 Creates the object.
5 65060 13 Creates the object.
5 65056 13 Creates the object.
5 34571 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
5 34570 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
5 34580 5b Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft PowerPoint *.ppt do formátu OpenDocument *.odp.
5 34579 53 Konvertuje dokumenty formátu Microsoft Excel *.xls do formátu OpenDocument *.ods.
5 34597 55 Converts documents in the old format of Calc *.sdc into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
5 34578 55 Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft Word *.doc do formátu OpenDocument *.odt.
5 34577 6b Vytvorí vo vašom pracovnom adresári protokolový súbor ukazujúci, ktoré dokumenty boli konvertované.
5 34599 9a Converts documents in the old format of Writer master documents *.sgl into OpenDocument *.odm documents, and Math *.smf into OpenDocument *.odf documents.
5 34598 8a Converts documents in the old format of Draw *.sda into OpenDocument *.odg documents, and Impress *.sdd into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
5 34575 51 Converts old binary documents into the OpenDocument format used by $[officename].
5 34596 57 Converts documents in the old format of Writer *.sdw into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34576 55 Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft Word *.doc do formátu OpenDocument *.odt.
5 34586 2b Určuje, či budú dokumenty konvertované.
5 34582 59 Udáva, či sa hľadané súbory budú hľadať aj v podadresároch vybraného adresára.
5 34584 41 Určuje adresár, do ktorého budú uložené výsledné súbory.
5 34590 30 Otvorí dialóg pre vybratie požadovanej cesty.
5 34585 30 Otvorí dialóg pre vybratie požadovanej cesty.
5 34587 59 Udáva, či sa hľadané súbory budú hľadať aj v podadresároch vybraného adresára.
5 34583 2f Určuje adresár obsahujúci zdrojové súbory.
5 34581 2b Určuje, či budú konvertované šablóny.
5 34588 2f Určuje adresár obsahujúci zdrojové súbory.
5 34589 41 Určuje adresár, do ktorého budú uložené výsledné súbory.
5 34670 53 Udáva názov adresára alebo samostatného súboru, ktorý má byť konvertovaný.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 96 Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených  v dokumentoch aplikácie $[officename] Calc a v poliach a tabuľkách aplikácie $[officename] Writer na eurá.
5 34668 73 Konvertuje všetky súbory $[officename] Calc a $[officename] Writer dokumenty a šablóny   vo vybranom adresári.
5 34667 31 Konvertuje samostatný $[officename] Calc súbor.
5 34661 1a Konvertuje celý dokument.
5 34662 3f Všetky bunky s vybratými štýlmi buniek budú konvertované.
5 34666 38 Zobrazuje rozsahy z listu, ktoré sa budú konvertovať.
5 34680 5d Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených v poliach a tabuľkách $[officename] Writer dokumentu.
5 34675 2b Vráti sa na prvú stránku Eurokonvertoru.
5 34671 4a Určuje, či budú zahrnuté aj všetky podadresáre vybratého adresára.
5 34672 45 Určuje adresár a cestu, kam budú skonvertované súbory uložené.
5 34660 96 Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených  v dokumentoch aplikácie $[officename] Calc a v poliach a tabuľkách aplikácie $[officename] Writer na eurá.
5 34677 44 Otvorí dialóg pre výber požadovaného adresára alebo dokumentu.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 96 Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených  v dokumentoch aplikácie $[officename] Calc a v poliach a tabuľkách aplikácie $[officename] Writer na eurá.
5 34674 1e Aktivuje nápoveď k dialógu.
5 34669 32 Určuje menu, ktorá sa bude prevádzať na eurá.
5 34665 55 Všetky bunky meny v rozsahu vybratom pred spustením konvertoru budú konvertované.
5 34663 3c Všetky bunky meny v aktuálnom zošite budú konvertované.
5 34678 50 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné vybrať adresár pre konvertované súbory.
5 34676 11 Začne konverziu.
5 34673 15 Zavrie Eurokonvertor.
5 26083 96 Konvertuje sumy v menách nájdených  v dokumentoch aplikácie $[officename] Calc a v poliach a tabuľkách aplikácie $[officename] Writer na eurá.
5 34664 3e Všetky bunky meny v aktuálnom dokumente budú konvertované.
5 34679 a6 Určuje, či budú počas konverzie zamknuté listy dočasne odomknuté a potom naspäť zamknuté. Ak sú listy chránené heslom, uvidíte dialóg pre jeho zadanie.
9 859636234 46 Ak používate databázu kontaktov Groupwise, zvoľte túto možnosť.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
9 859636225 61 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácií Mozilla alebo Netscape, zvoľte túto možnosť.
5 65072 3d Vytvorí spojenie na dátový zdroj a ukončí tento dialóg.
9 859636231 71 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Microsoft Outlook (nie Outlook Express), zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636235 58 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution LDAP, zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636226 55 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Thunderbird, zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636227 52 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636232 62 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Microsoft Outlook Express zvoľte túto možnosť.
5 65071 3a Ukončí sprievodcu bez uskutočnenia akýchkoľvek zmien.
c slot%3A10934 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
9 859636230 4c Ak používate databázu kontaktov na serveri LDAP, zvoľte túto možnosť.
5 65074 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
9 859636229 43 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z OS X, zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636228 4b Ak používate databázu kontaktov prostredia KDE, zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859636233 70 Ak si prajete zaregistrovať ako databázu kontaktov $[officename] iný dátový zdroj, zvoľte túto možnosť.
9 859635712 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
9 859656705 40 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné zadať ďalšie nastavenia.
3d extensions%3AListBox%3ARID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION%3ALB_TABLELIST 56 Určuje tabuľku, ktorá bude slúžiť ako zoznam adries v šablónach $[officename].
5 38809 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
9 859705859 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
9 859703297 1b Určuje názov zdroja dát.
9 859702273 d9 Zaregistruje novo vytvorený databázový súbor v %PRODUCTNAME. Databáza bude potom zobrazená v okne zdroja dát (F4). Ak toto pole nie je zaškrtnuté, databáza bude dostupná iba spustením súboru s databázou.
9 859689474 35 Otvorí dialóg Šablóny: Priradenie zoznamu adries.
5 42775 b4 Prečítajte si a prijmite licenční text. Predtým, ako budete môcť pokračovať, je nutné dočítať text až do konce. Ak licenciu odmietnete, inštalácia bude prerušená.
5 42778 104 Používateľské meno sa používa vo vlastnostiach dokumentov, šablónach, a tiež ak zaznamenávate zmeny vykonané v dokumentoch. Táto stránka je zobrazená iba vtedy, Ak nie je vo vašom počítači nájdená predchádzajúca inštalácia %PRODUCTNAME.
5 42776 76 Túto stránku môžete použiť pre import používateľských údajov z predchádzajúcej inštalácie %PRODUCTNAME.
5 42774 86 Sprievodca spustením vám pomôže upresniť používateľské nastavenia programu %PRODUCTNAME. Tento sprievodca sa spustí iba raz.
5 42773 86 Sprievodca spustením vám pomôže upresniť používateľské nastavenia programu %PRODUCTNAME. Tento sprievodca sa spustí iba raz.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard%3Fstart 78 Sprievodca vytvorením webovej strany vám umožňuje spravovať webovú prezentáciu uloženú na internetovom serveri.
5 34200 78 Sprievodca vytvorením webovej strany vám umožňuje spravovať webovú prezentáciu uloženú na internetovom serveri.
5 34207 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
5 34209 1c Vymaže vybraté nastavenia.
5 34210 144 Zobrazí zoznam dokumentov, ktoré si prajete publikovať na vašej webovej stránke. Sprievodca môže dokumenty %PRODUCTNAME pred tým, než budú odoslané na server, previesť do formátu HTML, PDF alebo v niektorých prípadoch i do formátu Flash. Všetky ostatné súbory budú odoslané v pôvodnom formáte súboru.
5 34211 d9 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné vybrať súbory, ktoré si prajete mať na vašej webovej stránke. Hypertextové odkazy na indexovej stránke vášho webu budú zobrazené v rovnakom poradí ako v tomto zoznamu.
5 34218 4c Vyberte formát súboru, do ktorého si prajete exportovať vybratý súbor.
5 34217 29 Zadajte meno autora vybratého dokumentu.
5 34212 25 Odstráni vybratý súbor zo zoznamu.
5 34216 21 Zadajte popis vybratého súboru.
5 34215 72 Vyberte titulok vybratého dokumentu. Titulok sa objaví ako hypertextový odkaz v obsahu vašej webovej stránky.
5 34222 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34228 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34220 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34225 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34223 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34226 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34227 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34224 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34221 24 Vyberte vzhľad obsahu vášho webu.
5 34236 20 Obsah obsahuje popis dokumentov.
5 34243 33 Zobrazí v obsahu veľkosť súborov v kilobajtoch.
5 34241 2a Zobrazí v obsahu ikonu formátu súborov.
5 34240 23 Zobrazí v obsahu formát súborov.
5 34235 2c Obsahuje mená súborov dokumentov v obsahu.
5 34237 3b Vloží do obsahu mená ľudí, ktorí dokumenty vytvorili.
5 34245 4f Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 800x600 pixelov.
5 34242 2d Zobrazí v obsahu počet strán vášho webu.
5 34238 3d Vloží do obsahu dátum vytvorenia jednotlivých dokumentov.
5 34239 3d Vloží do obsahu dátum poslednej zmeny každého dokumentu.
5 34246 50 Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 1024x768 pixelov.
5 34244 4f Optimalizuje vašu webovú stránku pre rozlíšenie obrazovky 640x480 pixelov.
5 34249 5d Vyberte Ikony, ktoré si prajete použiť pre navigačné prvky na vašej stránke s obsahom.
5 34247 30 Vyberte farebnú schému pre stránku s obsahom.
5 34248 2f Vyberte obrázok na pozadí stránky s obsahom.
5 34291 68 Otvorí dialóg otvorenia súboru, v ktorom vyberiete súbor s obrázkom na pozadí pre stránku obsahu.
5 34290 4d Určuje obrázok na pozadí pre štýl Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 34292 2d Odstráni obrázok z pozadia stránky obsahu.
5 41002 27 Odstráni sadu ikon zo stránky obsahu.
5 41000 5a Vyberte sadu ikon pre navigáciu na vašom webe pre Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 34255 5b Zadajte dátum vytvorenia stránky obsahu. Dátum bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34253 4e Zadajte popis stránky obsahu. Popis bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34259 78 Zadajte Informácie o autorských právach pre stránku s obsahom. Informácia bude uložená medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34258 69 Zadajte adresu elektronickej pošty pre stránku obsahu. Adresa bude uložená medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34250 63 Zadajte názov vášho webu. Tento prvok bude zobrazený na titulnom paneli webového prehliadača.
5 34256 5a Zadajte dátum poslednej zmeny dokumentu. Dátum bude uložený medzi HTML meta značkami.
5 34270 3c Uloží nastavenia, ktoré ste určili v tomto sprievodcovi.
5 34271 26 Zadajte názov súboru s nastaveniami.
5 34267 d5 Odošle vaše súbory na FTP server. Stránka s obsahom bude uložená do adresára, ktorý ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34265 116 Pridá stránku s obsahom a súbory do komprimovaného archívu a odošle ich na vašu webovú stránku. Stránka s obsahom bude odoslaná na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú odoslané do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34264 116 Pridá stránku s obsahom a súbory do komprimovaného archívu a odošle ich na vašu webovú stránku. Stránka s obsahom bude odoslaná na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú odoslané do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34262 ee Nahrá vašu stránku s obsahom a súbory do lokálneho adresára. Súbor s obsahom bude uložený na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34261 ee Nahrá vašu stránku s obsahom a súbory do lokálneho adresára. Súbor s obsahom bude uložený na miesto, ktoré ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34268 d5 Odošle vaše súbory na FTP server. Stránka s obsahom bude uložená do adresára, ktorý ste určili. Všetky ostatné súbory budú uložené do adresára "môjWeb" v adresári obsahujúcom stránku s obsahom.
5 34263 25 Otvorí dialóg pre výber adresára.
5 34260 61 Otvorí vašu webovú stránku vo východzom  webovom prehliadači vášho operačného systému.
5 34266 4e Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné upresniť umiestenie súboru s archívom.
5 34269 63 Otvorí dialóg FTP pripojenie,  v ktorom je možné nastaviť a otestovať nastavenie FTP serveru.
5 41046 67 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom je možné upresniť adresár na FTP serveri, do ktorého sa uložia súbory.
5 41045 54 Zadajte umiestnenie adresára na FTP serveri, kam si prajete uložiť vaše súbory.
5 41043 3b Zadajte heslo, ktoré je nutné pre prístup k FTP serveru.
5 41042 4c Zadajte používateľské meno, ktoré je nutné pre prístup k FTP serveru.
5 41040 57 Upravte a otestujte pripojenie k FTP serveru pre Sprievodcu vytvorením webovej strany.
5 41044 33 Otestuje FTP pripojenie s aktuálnymi nastaveniami.
5 41041 2b Zadajte názov alebo IP adresu FTP serveru.
5 38868 47 Určuje Kritérium, podľa ktorého sa filtruje obsah dátového poľa.
5 38861 27 Vyberte podmienky na definíciu dotazu.
a 1388496899 25 Zadajte názov dotazu alebo pohľadu.
5 38854 54 Dvojitým kliknutím na pole ho pridáte do dotazu. Pretiahnutím určíte relácie.
a 1388498946 41 Zadajte názov schémy, ktorá sa priradí dotazu alebo pohľadu.
5 38863 44 Databázová tabuľka, v ktorej sa nachádza vybrané dátové pole.
5 38865 50 V tejto bunke je možné zvoliť zoraďovanie: vzostupne, zostupne a nezoradiť.
5 38866 2f Tu vyberte funkciu, ktorá sa spustí v dotaze.
5 38864 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
5 38979 1d Upraviť vlastnosti relácie.
5 38862 47 Ak zaškrtnete vlastnosť Viditeľné, dané pole sa zobrazí v dotaze.
5 38867 64 Zadajte alias dátového poľa. V dotaze sa namiesto skutočného názvu poľa použije tento alias.
5 38856 1e Určuje typ vybranej relácie.
5 39150 f7 Inserts the keyword NATURAL into the SQL statement that defines the relation. The relation joins all columns that have the same column name in both tables. The resulting joined table contains only one column for each pair of equally named columns.
5 38982 3a Určuje dve rôzne tabuľky, ktoré si želáte prepojiť.
5 38981 3a Určuje dve rôzne tabuľky, ktoré si želáte prepojiť.
a 1388693523 15 Vložte staré heslo.
a 1388693525 14 Vložte nové heslo.
a 1111689228 24 Určuje meno nového používateľa.
a 1388693527 1a Vložte znovu nové heslo.
5 38896 2d Toto tlačidlo otvorí dialóg Formát poľa.
5 38890 40 Ak je zaškrtnuté toto pole, je dátove pole primárny kľúč.
5 38886 85 Určuje názov dátového poľa. Pri zadávaní názvu platí obmedzenie databázy, napr. dĺžka názvu, zvláštne znaky a medzery.
5 38895 44 Zobrazuje kód formátu, ktorý je možné vybrať tlačidlom  ... .
5 38884 2f V tejto oblasti určujete štruktúru tabuľky.
5 38894 37 Určuje východziu hodnotu pre nové dátové záznamy.
5 38887 12 Určuje typ poľa.
5 38888 1a Zadajte voliteľný popis.
5 38889 9b Vloží prázdny riadok nad aktuálny riadok, pokiaľ tabuľka ešte nebola uložená.  Pokiaľ bola uložená, vloží prázdny riadok na koniec tabuľky.
5 38881 1a Zobrazuje texty nápovedy.
5 38969 49 Obnoví aktuálny index na nastavenia, ktoré mal pri otvorení dialógu.
5 38970 a7 Zobrazuje dostupné indexy. Vyberte zo zoznamu index, ktorý si prajete upraviť. Na pravej strane dialógu sú zobrazené podrobnejšie informácie o vybranom indexe.
5 38967 1a Premenuje aktuálny index.
5 38966 1a Odstráni aktuálny index.
5 38965 15 Vytvorí nový index.
5 38974 1d Určuje poradie zoraďovania.
a 1388626945 46 Určuje, že aktuálny register môže mať iba Jednoznačné hodnoty.
5 38973 4d Zobrazuje zoznam polí aktuálnej tabuľky. Je možné vybrať aj viac polí.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 48 V dialógu Návrh indexu je možné upraviť indexy aktuálnej tabuľky.
5 38968 27 Uloží aktuálny index do zdroja dát.
a 1388630529 11 Zatvorí dialóg.
a 1388625920 48 V dialógu Návrh indexu je možné upraviť indexy aktuálnej tabuľky.
5 38920 63 Pomocou spoločných dátových polí je možné navzájom prepojiť tabuľky aktuálnej databázy.
5 38922 48 Ako názvy stĺpcov sa zobrazia názvy tabuliek vybraných pre spojenie.
5 38924 21 Určuje polia kľúčov relácii.
5 38923 48 Ako názvy stĺpcov sa zobrazia názvy tabuliek vybraných pre spojenie.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 44 Reláciu medzi dvoma tabuľkami je možné nastaviť alebo upraviť.
9 851640836 40 Pripojí dáta z kopírovanej tabuľky do existujúcej tabuľky.
5 38919 16 Zadajte názov kópie.
9 851640833 2e Vytvorí presnú kópiu databázovej tabuľky.
9 851640834 30 Zkopíruje len definíciu tabuľky a nie údaje.
9 851641349 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
9 851642371 51 Určuje názov vygenerovaného primárneho kľúča. Tento názov je voliteľný.
9 851640835 70 Ak databáza podporuje pohľady, je možné pri kopírovaní dotazu do zložky tabuliek zvoliť túto možnosť.
9 851602947 67 Pridá alebo odstráni vybrané pole (tlačidlo > alebo <) alebo všetky polia (tlačidlo << alebo >>).
9 851602945 67 Pridá alebo odstráni vybrané pole (tlačidlo > alebo <) alebo všetky polia (tlačidlo << alebo >>).
9 851594241 ff Vypíše zoznam dostupných dátových polí, ktoré je možné vložiť do kopírovanej tabuľky.  Ak chcete skopírovať dátové pole, kliknite na jeho názov a potom kliknite na tlačidlo >. Pre skopírovanie všetkých polí kliknite na tlačidlo >>.
9 851602946 67 Pridá alebo odstráni vybrané pole (tlačidlo > alebo <) alebo všetky polia (tlačidlo << alebo >>).
9 851594242 3f Zoznam polí, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do kopírovanej tabuľky.
9 851602948 67 Pridá alebo odstráni vybrané pole (tlačidlo > alebo <) alebo všetky polia (tlačidlo << alebo >>).
5 38905 67 Zadajte počet desetinných miest dátového poľa. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre číselné polia.
9 851612165 28 Umožnuje automatické rozpoznanie typu.
5 38902 56 Zobrazuje názov vybraného dátového poľa. Taktiež je možné zadať nový názov.
5 38901 12 Vyberte typ poľa.
9 851613697 4e Zadajte počet riadkov, ktoré sa použijú na automatické rozpoznánie typu.
5 38900 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
9 851610626 49 Zoznam dátových polí, ktoré budú zahrnuté do kopírovanej tabuľky.
5 38897 31 Vyberte výchoziu hodnotu pre pole typu Áno/Nie.
5 38904 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
5 38917 a3 Zoznam možných dátových polí v cieľovej tabuľke. Do cieľovej tabuľky sa pridajú len dátové polia, ktoré sú zaškrtnuté v zozname zdrojové tabuľky.
9 851635726 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu vyššie.
9 851628560 29 Vyberie všetky dátové polia v zozname.
5 38916 17b Zoznam dátových polí v zdrojovej tabuľke. Ak chcete vložiť dátové pole zo zdrojovej tabuľky do cieľovej tabuľky, zaškrtnite pole pred názvom dátového poľa. Ak chcete priradiť obsah dátového poľa zdrojovej tabuľky inému dátovému poľu v cieľovej tabuľke, kliknite na dátové pole v zozname zdrojovej tabuľky a potom kliknite na šípku hore alebo dole.
9 851635727 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu nižšie.
9 851635724 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu vyššie.
9 851628561 35 Zruší výber všetkých dátových polí v zozname.
9 851635725 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu nižšie.
5 38998 75 Zapíná podporu $[officename] pre automatické zvyšovanie dátových polí pre aktuálny ODBC nebo JDBC zdroj dát.
5 38993 5f Povoľuje iba názvy, ktoré v zdroji dát používajú znaky zodpovedajúce obmedzeniam SQL92.
5 38997 73 Zadajte SQL dotaz, ktorý vracia poslednú hodnotu automatického zvýšenia dátového poľa primárneho kľúča.
5 38929 b1 Použije súčasný zdroj dát ako katalóg. To je užitočné, ak je zdrojom dát databázový server ODBC. Ak je zdrojom dát ODBC ovládač dBASE, toto pole nezaškrtávajte.
5 38816 59 Do tohoto textového poľa zadajte prípadné daľšie voliteľné nastavenia ovládača.
5 38994 65 Zadajte SQL príkaz, ktorý zdroju dát určí automaticky zvyšovať dané číselné dátové pole.
5 38812 9b Zobrazí všetky záznamy v súbore, vrátane tých, ktoré sú označené ako odstránené. Ak zaškrtnete toto pole, nie je možné záznamy odstrániť.
5 38814 64 Otvorí dialóg Indexy, v kterom je možné spravovať indexy tabuliek v aktuálnej databáze dBASE.
a 1388342787 3b Presunie všetky voľné indexy do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
a 1388342785 33 Presunie vybraný index do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
a 1388334593 47 Zobrazí zoznam aktuálnych indexov pre vybranú databázovú tabuľku.
a 1388335105 42 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku, pre ktorú chcete vytvoriť indexy.
a 1388342786 3b Presunie vybraný index tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
a 1388342788 3b Presunie všetky indexy tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
a 1388334594 4a Zobrazí zoznam dostupných indexov, ktoré je možné priradiť tabuľke.
a 1388677635 3f Zadajte administrátorský príkaz SQL, ktorý chcete spustiť.
a 1388677640 3e Zobrazuje výsledky, vrátane chýb, spusteného SQL príkazu.
a 1388678662 7b Zoznam skôr spustených SQL príkazov. K opätovnému spusteniu príkazu kliknite na príkaz a potom kliknite na Spustiť.
a 1388679684 41 Spustí príkaz, ktorý ste zadali do poľa Príkaz na spustenie.
d .uno%3ASortup 45 Zoradí zoznam názvov tabuliek vo vzostupnom poradí podľa abecedy.
5 38827 de Niektoré databázy môžu sledovať zmeny záznamov priradením čísla verzie upraveným poliam. Toto číslo sa pri každej zmene pola zvýši o 1.  Zobrazuje se interné číslo verzie záznamu v databázovej  tabulke.
5 10712 45 Zoradí zoznam názvov tabuliek vo vzostupnom poradí podľa abecedy.
5 38951 21 Odstráni vybraného uživateľa.
5 38949 41 Zadejte nového používateľa pre prístup k vybranej databáze.
5 38950 41 Zmení heslo aktuálneho používateľa pre prístup k databáze.
5 38953 3c Vyberte používateľa, ktorého nastavenia chcete upraviť.
5 38952 55 Zobrazí prístupové práva daného uživateľa. Je tu tiež možnosť ich upraviť.
a 1388611585 2c Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru SYSDEVSPACE.
a 1388615683 40 Zobrazí množstvo využitého miesta v databáze v percentách.
a 1388613121 2d Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru DATADEVSPACE.
a 1388611589 4d Zobrazí voľné miesto (v megabajtoch), ktoré je v databáze k dispozícii.
a 1388611586 2f Zobrazí cestu a názov súboru TRANSACTIONLOG.
a 1388611588 36 Zobrazí celkovú veľkosť databázy (v megabajtoch).
5 37274 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
5 37282 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
5 37281 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37276 9e Zadajte meno doménového používateľa, ktoré Adabas používá interne. Obvykle sa východzie nastavenia mena a hesla doménového používateľa nemenia.
5 37283 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37275 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
5 37287 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
5 37280 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
5 37273 e Zadajte heslo.
5 37284 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
5 37286 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37270 27 Zadajte meno administrátora databázy.
5 37277 e Zadajte heslo.
5 37271 e Zadajte heslo.
5 37272 c5 Zadajte meno používateľa, ktorému chcete udeľiť obmedzenú možnosť upravovať niektoré parametre databázy. Obvykle sa východzie nastavenia mena a hesla riadiaceho používateľa nemenia.
5 37269 19 Zadajte názov databázy.
5 39066 d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
5 39031 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
5 39063 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
5 39052 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
5 38827 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
5 39062 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
5 39033 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
5 39061 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
5 39060 b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
5 39032 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
5 39017 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
5 38777 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
5 38840 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
9 851543041 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
5 39015 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
5 39116 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
9 851546626 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
5 39014 2f Enter the path to the folder of the text files.
5 39115 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
5 39112 1f Enter the name of the database.
5 39007 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
5 39148 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
9 851448326 a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
9 851444227 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
5 38807 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
5 39070 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
9 851447299 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
5 39069 20 Select to create a new database.
5 39143 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
5 39144 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
5 39142 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
5 39141 118 Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - Other) or in a mail merge.
5 39085 28 Specifies the path to the database file.
5 39086 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39095 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39094 24 Enter the name of the database file.
5 39133 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
5 39134 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
5 39118 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
5 39117 1a Enter the data source URL.
5 39073 1d Open a path selection dialog.
5 39072 28 Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.
5 39108 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39114 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39113 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
5 38815 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
5 38944 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 39088 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 39090 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
5 39087 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39089 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 38945 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 38943 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39097 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39098 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39123 24 Enter the path to the database file.
5 39124 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
5 39104 26 Enter the URL for the database server.
5 39102 26 Enter the name of the Oracle database.
5 39103 2e Enter the port number for the database server.
5 39127 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
5 39128 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39129 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
5 39077 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 38821 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
5 38820 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
5 39075 1a Click to access txt files.
5 38818 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
5 39078 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 38819 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
5 39076 1a Click to access csv files.
5 39080 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
5 39079 fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
5 38907 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
5 12291 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
5 38908 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
5 12293 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
f .uno%3ADBDelete 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
a 1388759041 27 Enter the file name for the saved form.
a 1388768769 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
a 1388768770 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
a 1388761603 2c Click to save the form to the database file.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
5 38906 1c Opens the table design view.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
5 38826 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
14 .uno%3ADBTableFilter 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
9 851464705 c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
9 851495426 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 32 Enter the user name to connect to the data source.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 31 Enter the password to connect to the data source.
5 40970 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
5 40850 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
5 40856 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
5 40876 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40872 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40875 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40865 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
5 40870 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40873 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40867 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40868 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40866 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40869 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40871 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40874 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40880 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40879 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40883 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40881 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40887 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40888 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40878 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40884 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40882 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40885 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40886 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40898 1e Select the numeric field name.
5 40907 1e Appends a new row of controls.
5 40908 21 Removes the last row of controls.
5 40895 28 Select to show all records of the query.
5 40896 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
5 40897 1e Select the aggregate function.
5 40918 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
5 40930 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40927 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40923 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40933 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40931 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40924 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40925 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40929 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40928 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40926 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40932 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40940 23 Enter the alias for the field name.
5 40956 25 Select to save and display the query.
5 40957 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
5 40958 20 Displays a summary of the query.
5 40955 1c Enter the name of the query.
a 1577878533 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
a 1577878529 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
5 64519 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
5 64523 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
5 64522 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
5 64521 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
5 64518 e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
a 1577861638 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
a 1577861635 b Page N of M
a 1577861637 14 Top of Page (Header)
a 1577864712 9 Alignment
a 1577861634 6 Page N
5 64506 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
5 65222 f Vert. Alignment
5 64514 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
5 64478 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
5 64494 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
5 64473 c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
5 64524 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
5 64513 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
5 64510 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
5 64479 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
5 64507 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
5 64515 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
5 64505 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
5 64501 17 Print when group change
5 64526 f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
5 64512 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
5 64504 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
5 64493 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
5 64527 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
5 64511 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
5 64477 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
5 64532 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
5 64463 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
a 2114719242 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
a 2114719238 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
5 64533 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
5 64531 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
5 64461 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
a 2114721800 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
a 2114719234 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
a 2114719236 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
a 2114719249 19 Select the sorting order.
5 41200 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
5 41207 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
5 41208 a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
5 41214 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
5 41206 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
5 38996 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
5 38898 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
5 41223 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
5 38899 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
5 41220 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
5 41225 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
5 41224 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
5 41229 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41236 aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
5 41233 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
5 41227 cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
5 41231 16 Select the field name.
5 41234 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
5 41228 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
5 41230 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
5 41232 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41242 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
5 41241 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
5 41243 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
5 41240 19 Specifies the table name.
5 41245 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
5 41244 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
5 40026 42 Kliknutím aplikujete zarovnanie na vybrané objekty písmomaľby.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6c Prepne výšku písmen vybraného objektu písmomaľby z normálnej na rovnakú výšku pre všetky objekty.
5 40027 25 Zadajte rozostup znakov písmomaľby.
5 10982 2a Otvorí okno Písmomaľba-rozostup znakov.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 25 Otvorí okno Zarovnanie písmomaľby.
5 10981 25 Otvorí okno Zarovnanie písmomaľby.
5 33949 4c Kliknite pre použitie rozostupu znakov písmomaľby na vyznačené objekty.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 64 Otvorí panel Tvar písmomaľby. Kliknite na tvar na jeho použitie na všetky objekty písmomaľby.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2a Otvorí okno Písmomaľba-rozostup znakov.
5 10980 6c Prepne výšku písmen vybraného objektu písmomaľby z normálnej na rovnakú výšku pre všetky objekty.
a 1495598081 10f Povolenie zdieľať ten istý dokument s inými používateľmi. Zakázať použitie nezdieľaných dokumentov. Toto môže zrušiť platnosť doteraz neuložených úprav, ktoré vykonali iní používatelia od doby, čo bol dokument naposledy otvorený alebo uložený.
a 1495585283 30 Zachovajte vaše zmeny, zrušte ostatné zmeny .
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 80 Otvorenie dialógu na nastavenie zdieľania dokumentu, kde sa dá povoliť alebo zakázať spoluprácu so zdieľaním dokumentu.
a 1495585287 55 Zachovajte všetky zmeny ostatných používateľov, odstráňte všetky vaše zmeny.
a 1495585284 40 Zachovajte zmenu iného používateľa, odstráňte vašu zmenu.
a 1495585286 39 Zachovajte všetky vaše zmeny, zrušte všetky ostatné.
5 59023 a5 Ak sú rovnaké obsahy zmenené rôznymi používateľmi, otvorí sa dialóg Riešenie Konfliktov. Pri každom konflikte rozhodnite, ktoré zmeny sa majú zachovať.
5 10730 6a Pokiaľ kliknete na tlačidlo Zavrieť na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, zobrazí sa formulár bez filtru.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 6a Pokiaľ kliknete na tlačidlo Zavrieť na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, zobrazí sa formulár bez filtru.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 5f Pokiaľ kliknete na ikonu Použiť filter na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, použije sa filter.
5 10731 5f Pokiaľ kliknete na ikonu Použiť filter na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, použije sa filter.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 47 Otvorte okno, v ktorom môžete pridať, upraviť alebo odobrať ikony.
5 10759 d3 Podmienku filtra môžete upraviť priamo ako text. Pokiaľ chcete testovať, či pole má alebo nemá obsah, môžete vybrať podmienku filtra "prázdne" (SQL:"Is Null") alebo "neprázdne" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 7a Ak chcete spojiť viac podmienok pre filtre booleovským OR, kliknite na Navigácia filtra na paneli Formulárový Filter.
5 10758 d3 Podmienku filtra môžete upraviť priamo ako text. Pokiaľ chcete testovať, či pole má alebo nemá obsah, môžete vybrať podmienku filtra "prázdne" (SQL:"Is Null") alebo "neprázdne" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10760 d3 Podmienku filtra môžete upraviť priamo ako text. Pokiaľ chcete testovať, či pole má alebo nemá obsah, môžete vybrať podmienku filtra "prázdne" (SQL:"Is Null") alebo "neprázdne" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10732 7a Ak chcete spojiť viac podmienok pre filtre booleovským OR, kliknite na Navigácia filtra na paneli Formulárový Filter.
5 37774 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
5 33793 bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
5 21760 99 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Graphics Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
25 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AImpressButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AOpenButton 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
20 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADBButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ACalcButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AMathButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
5 40368 36 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.
26 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ATemplateButton 3c The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADrawButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AWriterButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
c .uno%3AAbout 52 Zobrazí všeobecné informácie o programe ako číslo verzie a autorské práva.
4 5401 51 Otvorí hlavnú stránku pomocníka $[officename] pre práve bežiacu aplikáciu.
4 5301 52 Zobrazí všeobecné informácie o programe ako číslo verzie a autorské práva.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 51 Otvorí hlavnú stránku pomocníka $[officename] pre práve bežiacu aplikáciu.
4 6683 31 Zobrazí informácie o tom, ako získať podporu.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 50 Menu Pomocník umožňuje spustiť a ovládať systém pomocníka $[officename].
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 108 Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. If you need a Proxy, check the %PRODUCTNAME Proxy settings in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Internet. Then choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.
4 5410 50 Menu Pomocník umožňuje spustiť a ovládať systém pomocníka $[officename].
2c service%3Acom.sun.star.tab.tabreg%3Fpurchase 71 Táto položka Menu je dostupná len pre skúšobnú verziu %PRODUCTNAME. Spustite Sprievodca kúpou %PRODUCTNAME
12 .uno%3AHelpSupport 31 Zobrazí informácie o tom, ako získať podporu.
4 5402 54 Povolí rozšírené tipy pomocníka pod kurzorom myši až do ďalšieho kliknutia.
3 560 43 Štandardný panel je dostupný v každej aplikácii $[officename].
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 54 Povolí rozšírené tipy pomocníka pod kurzorom myši až do ďalšieho kliknutia.
5 33965 ae Hyperlinkový panel používajte na vytváranie alebo úpravu hypertextových odkazov vo vašich dokumentoch a k zadávaniu kritérií pre internetové vyhľadávacie stroje.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 5b Vloží všetky polia z označeného záznamu do aktuálneho dokumentu na pozíciu kurzoru.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 17 Vytvorí nový záznam.
5 10622 54 Zobrazuje číslo aktuálneho záznamu. Zadajte číslo k prechodu na daný záznam.
e .uno%3ARecSave 44 Uloží novú dátovú položku. Zmena je zaznamenaná do databázy.
5 10617 26 Presunie vás na nasledujúci záznam.
5 10618 2a Presunie vás na predchádzajúci záznam.
5 10616 1f Presunie vás na prvý záznam.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 54 Zobrazuje číslo aktuálneho záznamu. Zadajte číslo k prechodu na daný záznam.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 26 Presunie vás na nasledujúci záznam.
5 10627 44 Uloží novú dátovú položku. Zmena je zaznamenaná do databázy.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 41 Odstráni záznam. Príkaz je treba pred odstránením potvrdiť.
5 10620 17 Vytvorí nový záznam.
5 10621 41 Odstráni záznam. Príkaz je treba pred odstránením potvrdiť.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 2a Presunie vás na predchádzajúci záznam.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 23 Presunie vás na posledný záznam.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1f Presunie vás na prvý záznam.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 33 Umožňuje vám vrátiť zmenu v dátovej položke.
5 10619 23 Presunie vás na posledný záznam.
5 10630 33 Umožňuje vám vrátiť zmenu v dátovej položke.
5 27154 45 Určuje, že je možné pohybovať objektmi len medzi bodmi mriežky.
e .uno%3AGridUse 45 Určuje, že je možné pohybovať objektmi len medzi bodmi mriežky.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 31 Prevedie vybratý bod alebo body na uhlové body.
5 27065 33 Prevedie krivku na priamku alebo priamku na krivku.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 3a Prevedie rohový bod alebo hladký bod na symetrický bod.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 34 Aktivuje režim, v ktorom je možné presúvat body.
5 10119 44 Aktivuje režim vkladania. V tomto režime je možné vkladať body.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 44 Aktivuje režim vkladania. V tomto režime je možné vkladať body.
5 54834 65 Panel Upraviť body sa zobrazí, keď vyberiete objekt zložený z bodov a kliknete na Upraviť body.
5 27066 31 Prevedie vybratý bod alebo body na uhlové body.
5 10123 38 Prevedie uhlový bod alebo súmerný bod na hladký bod.
5 27067 3a Prevedie rohový bod alebo hladký bod na symetrický bod.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 70 Ikona Rozdeliť krivku rozdelí krivku. Vyberte bod alebo body, kde chcete krivku rozdeliť a kliknite na ikonu.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 9c Pomocou ikony Zmazať body odstránite jeden alebo viac vybraných bodov. Ak chcete vybrať niekoľko bodov, podržte Shift a kliknite na požadované body.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 1c Uzavrie čiaru alebo krivku.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 38 Prevedie uhlový bod alebo súmerný bod na hladký bod.
5 27030 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
5 10120 9c Pomocou ikony Zmazať body odstránite jeden alebo viac vybraných bodov. Ak chcete vybrať niekoľko bodov, podržte Shift a kliknite na požadované body.
5 10127 70 Ikona Rozdeliť krivku rozdelí krivku. Vyberte bod alebo body, kde chcete krivku rozdeliť a kliknite na ikonu.
5 10121 34 Aktivuje režim, v ktorom je možné presúvat body.
5 10122 1c Uzavrie čiaru alebo krivku.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 33 Prevedie krivku na priamku alebo priamku na krivku.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
5 34917 18 Select an entry to edit.
5 31630 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
9 879216674 13 Type your initials.
9 733497382 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497378 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
9 879233060 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 733497361 13 Type your initials.
9 733497364 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879233065 10 Type your state.
9 879233073 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 733497370 10 Type your state.
9 733497355 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 879216672 15 Type your first name.
9 879216681 10 Type your state.
9 733497371 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879233085 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497379 24 Type your work number in this field.
9 879216676 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879233079 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 879216692 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 879233063 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733497360 14 Type your last name.
9 733497359 15 Type your first name.
9 879216689 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 733497381 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 879216684 1e Type your title in this field.
9 879216678 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879216673 14 Type your last name.
9 733497369 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879216679 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879233076 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497368 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733497367 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879233062 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 733497376 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497373 10 Type your state.
9 733497375 1e Type your title in this field.
5 34872 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
a 1111557136 c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
9 733479947 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
9 733485073 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
9 733482541 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
5 34870 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
9 733479978 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
9 733479948 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
9 733479950 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
9 733479956 61 When saving the document, %PRODUCTNAME writes the XML data without indents and extra line breaks.
9 733479977 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
9 733479951 d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
9 733479952 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
9 733482520 fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
9 733479958 c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
9 733482543 b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
5 34871 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
9 733581837 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
9 733581838 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
5 34916 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
a 1240878603 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
a 1240879630 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
5 34886 28 Contains the installed language modules.
a 1270417444 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
a 1270400014 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
9 733598522 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
a 1251186996 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
5 34876 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
a 1270418957 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
5 34889 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
9 733598321 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
a 1270420007 a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
5 34884 26 Lists the available user dictionaries.
a 1270417446 a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
9 733598523 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
9 733598524 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
5 34875 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
5 34887 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
a 1270420008 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
5 12021 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
5 34873 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
a 1270402573 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
a 1270401035 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
a 1270418976 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
9 733598331 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
a 1251201846 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
a 1251201845 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
a 1251200831 25 Specifies the language of the module.
5 34885 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
a 1251201847 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
9 701698561 11 Adds a new color.
9 701705734 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
5 35114 4 Blue
9 701696001 69 Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.
5 35112 3 Red
9 701697538 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
9 701698563 1a Changes the current color.
9 701697537 51 Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.
9 701698562 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
9 701705733 44 Accesses the Open dialog, which allows you to select a color palette
5 35113 5 Green
5 34869 5e Allows you to select a color from a color table, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
5 35115 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066953 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090064897 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
a 1090066438 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
5 35117 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090064898 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
a 1090066437 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
a 1090066433 30 Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.
9 701700612 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066954 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066436 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
a 1090066435 31 Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.
a 1090066951 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
5 35116 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066952 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
a 1090066434 32 Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.
9 817038348 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
9 817038349 b0 Specifies that the Help Agent will be displayed automatically in selected situations. Click the Help Agent window to see a Help page with information about the current context.
9 817038397 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
9 817041934 67 Click Reset Help Agent to restore the default list of situations for which the Help Agent is displayed.
9 817040912 27 Choose the style of $[officename] Help.
9 817038347 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
9 817043498 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
9 817038391 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
9 701006873 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
9 701009435 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
9 701009923 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
9 701006869 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
9 701009925 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
9 701009432 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
5 35025 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
5 35026 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
5 34907 f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
5 35023 e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
5 34909 17 Specifies view options.
9 817071172 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
24 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSTYLE 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
2e svx%3AMetricField%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3AMF_SELECTION 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
9 817071161 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_SELECTION b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
9 817076758 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
9 817073698 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
9 817076288 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
27 SVX_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_SYSTEM_FONT 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
9 817073705 a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
30 svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_USE_ANTIALIASE af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
9 817071167 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
9 817073695 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
9 817073720 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
9 817071166 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
9 817073718 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
12 .uno%3ARefreshView 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
9 817071164 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
23 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSIZE 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
9 576160788 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
9 576160277 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160259 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160778 a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
9 576160819 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
9 576163363 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160267 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
9 576160820 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
9 576160288 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160278 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
9 576160802 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
9 576165911 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160808 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
9 576160268 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
9 576160821 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
9 576160260 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160287 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160798 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160289 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 817862668 5c You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the list.
9 817862676 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
9 817857563 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
9 817862674 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
9 817864726 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
9 817862681 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
5 34894 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
9 704795140 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
9 704794115 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
9 704795141 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
5 34893 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
9 704807948 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
9 704813061 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
9 704807945 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
9 704807938 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
9 704807947 e1 Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.
9 704807949 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
9 704807940 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
9 704807943 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704807944 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 703285251 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
9 703285263 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703286786 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285256 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285254 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285253 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
9 703285259 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
9 703285262 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
5 34880 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285252 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
5 34881 47 Use this tab page to define the settings for searching in the Internet.
9 703332908 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703337015 39 Click this button to add a new configuration to the list.
9 703334447 46 The suffix provides the command sequence, sent at the end of a search.
9 703334446 7e This text box displays the URL and the first part of the query command for a search machine. A URL can also be typed directly.
9 703334441 30 Displays the name of the selected search engine.
9 703337013 4f Click this button to apply the modifications made to an existing configuration.
9 703335976 26 Displays the available search engines.
9 703332909 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703334448 75 If you type more than one word while running a search, these words will be separated by the character specified here.
9 703335985 2f Determines the case match for running a search.
9 703337016 2f Use this button to include a new search engine.
9 703337014 69 Click this button to delete the selected search engine from the list. There will be no security response.
9 703332907 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703255045 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
9 703252484 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
9 736117762 c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
a 1242498063 cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703988750 bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
9 703992338 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
a 1242518028 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
a 1242518029 22 Removes all entries from the list.
a 1242498070 d8 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset button on File - Properties - General.
9 703992335 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
a 1311508501 26 Enter the master password to continue.
a 1311655959 20 Enter the master password again.
a 1242518030 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
a 1242498065 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
a 1242498072 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
9 703992341 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
a 1242498067 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
9 703992332 30 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.
a 1242498074 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
a 1242498061 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
a 1311655957 1a Enter the master password.
9 815405067 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399959 d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
9 815399957 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
9 815402537 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
9 815405059 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405061 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405071 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399974 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
9 815399967 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
9 815402535 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
9 815405069 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399973 dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
9 815399958 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
9 815399968 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
9 815405063 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405065 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
5 10433 a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
9 878396453 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
9 878399065 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878399064 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396433 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396428 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
9 878396432 20 Displays the vertical scrollbar.
9 878396430 a4 Displays guides around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Guides while moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
9 878396418 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
9 878396420 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
9 878396439 dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
9 878399003 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
9 878396419 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
9 878396475 66 Displays the handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle) as simple squares without 3D effect.
9 878396440 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
9 878396441 4b Displays larger sized handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle).
5 20227 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878396434 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396417 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
9 878396431 22 Displays the horizontal scrollbar.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878429286 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
9 878438000 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432353 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
5 53193 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
9 878437997 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432355 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
9 878432351 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
9 878432349 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
9 878437999 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432347 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
9 878437998 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878437996 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878085207 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3b .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
9 878084688 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
9 878085213 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
9 878085185 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
9 878085190 a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
9 878087766 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
9 878085189 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
9 878085184 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
30 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_SINGLEJOBS 62 Specifies that each new print job will begin on a new page even if you are using a duplex printer.
9 878085181 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
9 878085260 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
2a SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PTAB 3e Specifies whether the tables of the text document are printed.
2b SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PDRAW 54 Specifies whether graphics created with $[officename] drawing functions are printed.
9 878085212 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
2d SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_REVERSE 72 Specifies whether to reverse the printing order. The last page of the document will then be the first one printed.
9 878085187 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
40 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
5 53179 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
36 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
9 878582389 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
9 878576745 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
9 878576249 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
9 878576251 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
9 878576744 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
9 878582384 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
9 878576746 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
9 878576250 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
9 878582386 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
1d .uno%3ATableNumberRecognition 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
9 878582391 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
5 53199 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
5 20252 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
9 878576742 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
9 878576741 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
9 878576743 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
9 878576749 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
9 878806025 179 Specifies whether user-defined delimiters are displayed. These are hidden delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Command+Hyphen(-) 
Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with user-defined delimiters are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a user-defined delimiter has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
9 878806018 1c Activates the direct cursor.
9 878806026 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
9 878806024 c7 Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Command+Shift+Spacebar 
Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
9 878805510 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
9 878806028 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
9 878805509 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
9 878806021 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
9 878806023 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
9 878805511 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806022 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
9 878805512 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806027 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
9 878806077 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
5 53211 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
9 878806052 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
9 878874130 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
5 53217 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
9 878874116 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874126 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874124 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
9 878874121 e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874114 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
9 878874132 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
9 878874119 ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
9 878972435 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
9 878969357 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
9 878975510 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
9 878969356 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
9 958202370 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
9 958202372 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 878969873 be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
9 878969358 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 958202371 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
9 878969872 c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
5 53230 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
5 53251 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
9 546685992 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 879350288 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
9 878939664 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
9 878939676 1d Špecifikuje znakový štýl.
9 878940174 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
9 878938137 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878939668 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
9 878938130 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878939671 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
9 878937117 37 Použije na rámček okolo popisu ohraničenie a tieň.
5 53801 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
9 703207438 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the Y-axis.
9 703207945 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
9 703207437 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the X-axis.
9 703202309 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
9 703202308 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
5 27323 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
5 33894 cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
9 703202312 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
9 703207948 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
5 27325 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
5 27322 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 26309 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 10435 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
9 958186551 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
9 958189086 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186520 db Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, and number cells in blue, no matter how their display is formatted.
9 958189084 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
9 958189115 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
9 958186549 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
9 958186571 bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
9 958186563 73 Specifies whether to display the handles (the eight points on a selection box) as simple squares without 3D effect.
5 58892 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
9 958186548 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
5 26630 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186517 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
9 958186550 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
9 958186531 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
9 958186529 f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
9 958186562 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
9 958186547 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
9 958189088 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186556 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
9 958186521 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
9 958186564 5e Specifies that larger than normal handles (the eight points on a selection box) are displayed.
9 958186519 d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
9 958186518 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186553 3a Specifies whether to display grid lines between the cells.
9 958202951 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 958202953 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958202954 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
9 958205502 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
9 958208577 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
9 958202957 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
9 958202959 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
13 .uno%3ASetInputMode 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958205512 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 958202958 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 958202956 f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
9 956845569 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
9 956846596 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
9 956846593 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
9 956844546 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
9 956846594 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
5 58880 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
9 956844035 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
a 1494368256 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
a 1494368769 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
a 1494368771 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
9 957257735 af Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the Standard number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
9 957252107 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
9 957252627 cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
9 957252623 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
9 957252609 b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
9 957252105 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
9 957252106 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
9 957257732 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
9 957252625 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
9 957253637 ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
5 58879 fb Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets. Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
9 957252626 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
9 957252628 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
9 958369282 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
9 958369283 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
9 958369284 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
5 58933 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
9 958369281 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
9 957481988 e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
9 957481986 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
5 10434 ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
9 546653198 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
5 59789 26 Specifies the available display modes.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
9 546653199 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
5 59770 26 Specifies the available display modes.
9 546653186 ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
9 546653185 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
5 27153 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
9 703202329 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703207966 cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202338 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
5 59769 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
9 703207973 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202331 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
5 27155 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202336 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
5 27156 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202332 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
5 27157 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
5 27152 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703202330 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202337 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
9 703207971 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 545866243 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
9 545866241 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
5 59768 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
9 545866245 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
9 545866244 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
9 545866764 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
9 545866765 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
9 545866762 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
9 545866753 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
9 545866247 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
9 545866756 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
9 545866754 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
9 545866755 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
9 545866246 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
9 545866242 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546685976 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
9 546685965 69 Specifies whether to automatically create a copy when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
5 59790 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
9 546688513 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
9 546685980 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
5 27158 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
9 546685971 a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
9 546685961 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546689053 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
9 546685973 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
5 27159 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546691588 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
9 546685958 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
9 546685977 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
9 546685978 4e Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
5 10447 ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
5 10436 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
9 864666637 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
9 864672280 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 864666636 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
9 864666135 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 864666133 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
9 864665600 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864666134 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
5 33124 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864666655 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
9 864666635 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
9 705613314 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
9 705614341 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
3a svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_EXECTBL bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
5 34915 ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
9 817122824 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
9 817120267 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
9 817122826 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
9 817122822 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
9 817120271 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 817120284 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
9 817122835 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
9 817122833 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
9 817122847 c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
9 817120269 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704744972 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
9 704743440 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
9 704741894 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
9 704743438 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
9 704742409 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
9 704741893 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
9 704741895 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
9 704741890 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
9 704741891 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
9 714474698 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474606 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474599 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474609 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474600 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474697 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474597 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474604 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474607 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474598 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474602 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474603 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474608 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474699 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474601 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474611 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474610 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474700 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474605 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 704840214 b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
9 704843296 ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
9 704840715 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
9 704840215 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
5 38947 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 815760391 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
9 815765513 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
9 815760386 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 815780370 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
9 815780366 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
5 34912 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
9 815780365 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
a 1352667649 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
a 1352665089 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
9 705659404 4c Click Yes, I am willing to participate … to enable the automatic feedback.
9 705659405 49 Click No, I do not wish to participate to disable the automatic feedback.
9 705663507 9d Click the button to show the currently collected data. This data will be sent next time, plus any data that gets collected until you end the current session.
5 34897 b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
9 704860692 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
9 704860693 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
9 704857099 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704860694 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
a 1241764372 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
a 1241764373 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
a 1241763339 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
a 1241764374 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
a 1241745419 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
a 1241746965 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
a 1241747991 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
a 1241747980 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
9 553370117 c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
9 553370116 e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
9 553370114 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553370115 bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553390601 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
9 553390596 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
9 553390597 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
9 553390602 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
9 553389576 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
5 43078 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
9 879364101 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
9 879366672 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
9 879364099 10 Enter your name.
9 879364107 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
9 879366677 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
9 879364104 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
9 879363078 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
9 879368205 14 Enter the SMTP port.
9 879363086 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
9 705593870 27 A check will be performed once a month.
9 705594379 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
9 705593868 25 A check will be performed once a day.
9 705597967 1e A check will be performed now.
9 705593869 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
a 1427146812 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
a 1427145778 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
a 1427145283 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
a 1427146807 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
a 1427145284 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
a 1427150861 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
a 1427145268 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
a 1427146763 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
a 1427146816 13 Enter the password.
a 1427146809 25 Enter the password for the user name.
a 1427145267 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
a 1427132964 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
a 1427130914 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
5 54980 41 In the top list box you will see the results of the test session.
9 553339395 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43074 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43080 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43073 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
9 553323010 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
5 43079 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
5 43072 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
